4 * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5 * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6 * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
8 * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9 * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11 * and limitations under the License.
13 * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14 * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15 * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16 * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17 * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
23 * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24 * Copyright (c) 2011, 2019 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25 * Copyright (c) 2018, Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
26 * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
27 * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
28 * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
29 * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
30 * Copyright (c) 2016 Actifio, Inc. All rights reserved.
31 * Copyright 2018 Joyent, Inc.
32 * Copyright (c) 2017 Datto Inc.
33 * Copyright 2017 Joyent, Inc.
34 * Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation.
38 * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
40 * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
41 * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
45 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
46 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
47 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
49 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
51 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
55 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
56 #include <sys/vdev_removal.h>
57 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_mapping.h>
58 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_births.h>
59 #include <sys/vdev_initialize.h>
60 #include <sys/vdev_trim.h>
61 #include <sys/vdev_disk.h>
62 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
63 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
65 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
68 #include <sys/bpobj.h>
69 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
70 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
71 #include <sys/unique.h>
72 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
73 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
74 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
75 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
76 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
77 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
79 #include <sys/callb.h>
80 #include <sys/systeminfo.h>
81 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
82 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
83 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
84 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
85 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
89 #include <sys/fm/protocol.h>
90 #include <sys/fm/util.h>
91 #include <sys/callb.h>
93 #include <sys/vmsystm.h>
97 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
100 * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
103 int zfs_ccw_retry_interval
= 300;
105 typedef enum zti_modes
{
106 ZTI_MODE_FIXED
, /* value is # of threads (min 1) */
107 ZTI_MODE_BATCH
, /* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
108 ZTI_MODE_NULL
, /* don't create a taskq */
112 #define ZTI_P(n, q) { ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
113 #define ZTI_PCT(n) { ZTI_MODE_ONLINE_PERCENT, (n), 1 }
114 #define ZTI_BATCH { ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
115 #define ZTI_NULL { ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
117 #define ZTI_N(n) ZTI_P(n, 1)
118 #define ZTI_ONE ZTI_N(1)
120 typedef struct zio_taskq_info
{
121 zti_modes_t zti_mode
;
126 static const char *const zio_taskq_types
[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
127 "iss", "iss_h", "int", "int_h"
131 * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
132 * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
133 * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
134 * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
135 * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
136 * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
137 * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a
138 * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
139 * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
140 * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
141 * particular taskq is chosen at random.
143 * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
144 * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
145 * need to be handled with minimum delay.
147 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs
[ZIO_TYPES
][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
148 /* ISSUE ISSUE_HIGH INTR INTR_HIGH */
149 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* NULL */
150 { ZTI_N(8), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_NULL
}, /* READ */
151 { ZTI_BATCH
, ZTI_N(5), ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
152 { ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* FREE */
153 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* CLAIM */
154 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* IOCTL */
155 { ZTI_N(4), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* TRIM */
158 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
159 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
160 static boolean_t
spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
);
161 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
);
162 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
);
164 uint_t zio_taskq_batch_pct
= 75; /* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
165 boolean_t zio_taskq_sysdc
= B_TRUE
; /* use SDC scheduling class */
166 uint_t zio_taskq_basedc
= 80; /* base duty cycle */
168 boolean_t spa_create_process
= B_TRUE
; /* no process ==> no sysdc */
171 * Report any spa_load_verify errors found, but do not fail spa_load.
172 * This is used by zdb to analyze non-idle pools.
174 boolean_t spa_load_verify_dryrun
= B_FALSE
;
177 * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
178 * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
180 #define TRYIMPORT_NAME "$import"
183 * For debugging purposes: print out vdev tree during pool import.
185 int spa_load_print_vdev_tree
= B_FALSE
;
188 * A non-zero value for zfs_max_missing_tvds means that we allow importing
189 * pools with missing top-level vdevs. This is strictly intended for advanced
190 * pool recovery cases since missing data is almost inevitable. Pools with
191 * missing devices can only be imported read-only for safety reasons, and their
192 * fail-mode will be automatically set to "continue".
194 * With 1 missing vdev we should be able to import the pool and mount all
195 * datasets. User data that was not modified after the missing device has been
196 * added should be recoverable. This means that snapshots created prior to the
197 * addition of that device should be completely intact.
199 * With 2 missing vdevs, some datasets may fail to mount since there are
200 * dataset statistics that are stored as regular metadata. Some data might be
201 * recoverable if those vdevs were added recently.
203 * With 3 or more missing vdevs, the pool is severely damaged and MOS entries
204 * may be missing entirely. Chances of data recovery are very low. Note that
205 * there are also risks of performing an inadvertent rewind as we might be
206 * missing all the vdevs with the latest uberblocks.
208 unsigned long zfs_max_missing_tvds
= 0;
211 * The parameters below are similar to zfs_max_missing_tvds but are only
212 * intended for a preliminary open of the pool with an untrusted config which
213 * might be incomplete or out-dated.
215 * We are more tolerant for pools opened from a cachefile since we could have
216 * an out-dated cachefile where a device removal was not registered.
217 * We could have set the limit arbitrarily high but in the case where devices
218 * are really missing we would want to return the proper error codes; we chose
219 * SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1 so that some copies of the MOS would still be available
220 * and we get a chance to retrieve the trusted config.
222 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
= SPA_DVAS_PER_BP
- 1;
225 * In the case where config was assembled by scanning device paths (/dev/dsks
226 * by default) we are less tolerant since all the existing devices should have
227 * been detected and we want spa_load to return the right error codes.
229 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
= 0;
232 * Debugging aid that pauses spa_sync() towards the end.
234 boolean_t zfs_pause_spa_sync
= B_FALSE
;
237 * Variables to indicate the livelist condense zthr func should wait at certain
238 * points for the livelist to be removed - used to test condense/destroy races
240 int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause
= 0;
241 int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause
= 0;
244 * Variables to track whether or not condense cancellation has been
245 * triggered in testing.
247 int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel
= 0;
248 int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel
= 0;
251 * Variable to track whether or not extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a
252 * livelist entry while it was being condensed (caused by the way we track
253 * remapped blkptrs in dbuf_remap_impl)
255 int zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc
= 0;
258 * ==========================================================================
259 * SPA properties routines
260 * ==========================================================================
264 * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
267 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t
*nvl
, zpool_prop_t prop
, char *strval
,
268 uint64_t intval
, zprop_source_t src
)
270 const char *propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
273 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
274 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_SOURCE
, src
) == 0);
277 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, strval
) == 0);
279 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, intval
) == 0);
281 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl
, propname
, propval
) == 0);
282 nvlist_free(propval
);
286 * Get property values from the spa configuration.
289 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
291 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
292 dsl_pool_t
*pool
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
293 uint64_t size
, alloc
, cap
, version
;
294 const zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_NONE
;
295 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
296 metaslab_class_t
*mc
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
298 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_props_lock
));
301 alloc
= metaslab_class_get_alloc(mc
);
302 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_special_class(spa
));
303 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
305 size
= metaslab_class_get_space(mc
);
306 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
307 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
309 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME
, spa_name(spa
), 0, src
);
310 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE
, NULL
, size
, src
);
311 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED
, NULL
, alloc
, src
);
312 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE
, NULL
,
314 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CHECKPOINT
, NULL
,
315 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_dspace
, src
);
317 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION
, NULL
,
318 metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc
), src
);
319 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ
, NULL
,
320 metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc
), src
);
321 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
, NULL
,
322 (spa_mode(spa
) == FREAD
), src
);
324 cap
= (size
== 0) ? 0 : (alloc
* 100 / size
);
325 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY
, NULL
, cap
, src
);
327 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO
, NULL
,
328 ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa
), src
);
330 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH
, NULL
,
331 rvd
->vdev_state
, src
);
333 version
= spa_version(spa
);
334 if (version
== zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
)) {
335 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
336 version
, ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
);
338 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
339 version
, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
341 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LOAD_GUID
,
342 NULL
, spa_load_guid(spa
), src
);
347 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
348 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
350 if (pool
->dp_free_dir
!= NULL
) {
351 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
, NULL
,
352 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_free_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
355 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
,
359 if (pool
->dp_leak_dir
!= NULL
) {
360 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
, NULL
,
361 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_leak_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
364 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
,
369 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID
, NULL
, spa_guid(spa
), src
);
371 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
372 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
, spa
->spa_comment
,
376 if (spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
)
377 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
, spa
->spa_root
,
380 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS
)) {
381 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
382 MIN(zfs_max_recordsize
, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE
), ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
384 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
385 SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
388 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE
)) {
389 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
390 DNODE_MAX_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
392 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
393 DNODE_MIN_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
396 if ((dp
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
)) != NULL
) {
397 if (dp
->scd_path
== NULL
) {
398 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
399 "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
400 } else if (strcmp(dp
->scd_path
, spa_config_path
) != 0) {
401 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
402 dp
->scd_path
, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
408 * Get zpool property values.
411 spa_prop_get(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
413 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
418 err
= nvlist_alloc(nvp
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
);
422 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
425 * Get properties from the spa config.
427 spa_prop_get_config(spa
, nvp
);
429 /* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
430 if (mos
== NULL
|| spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0) {
431 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
436 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
438 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
);
439 (err
= zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
)) == 0;
440 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
443 zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
;
446 if ((prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(za
.za_name
)) == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
)
449 switch (za
.za_integer_length
) {
451 /* integer property */
452 if (za
.za_first_integer
!=
453 zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop
))
454 src
= ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
;
456 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
) {
458 dsl_dataset_t
*ds
= NULL
;
460 dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
461 dsl_pool_config_enter(dp
, FTAG
);
462 err
= dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp
,
463 za
.za_first_integer
, FTAG
, &ds
);
465 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp
, FTAG
);
469 strval
= kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
,
471 dsl_dataset_name(ds
, strval
);
472 dsl_dataset_rele(ds
, FTAG
);
473 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp
, FTAG
);
476 intval
= za
.za_first_integer
;
479 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, intval
, src
);
482 kmem_free(strval
, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
);
487 /* string property */
488 strval
= kmem_alloc(za
.za_num_integers
, KM_SLEEP
);
489 err
= zap_lookup(mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
490 za
.za_name
, 1, za
.za_num_integers
, strval
);
492 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
495 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, 0, src
);
496 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
503 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
504 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
506 if (err
&& err
!= ENOENT
) {
516 * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
517 * for the property values to be set.
520 spa_prop_validate(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*props
)
523 int error
= 0, reset_bootfs
= 0;
525 boolean_t has_feature
= B_FALSE
;
528 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
530 char *strval
, *slash
, *check
, *fname
;
531 const char *propname
= nvpair_name(elem
);
532 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(propname
);
535 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
536 if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname
)) {
537 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
542 * Sanitize the input.
544 if (nvpair_type(elem
) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
545 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
549 if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
) != 0) {
550 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
555 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
559 fname
= strchr(propname
, '@') + 1;
560 if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, NULL
) != 0) {
561 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
565 has_feature
= B_TRUE
;
568 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
569 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
571 (intval
< spa_version(spa
) ||
572 intval
> SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES
||
574 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
577 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
578 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
:
579 case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS
:
580 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
581 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
:
582 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
583 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
584 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
587 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
588 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
589 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
590 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
593 uint32_t hostid
= zone_get_hostid(NULL
);
595 spa
->spa_hostid
= hostid
;
597 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
602 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
604 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
605 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
606 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
608 if (spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS
) {
609 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
614 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
616 if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) {
617 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
623 error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
);
629 if (strval
== NULL
|| strval
[0] == '\0') {
630 objnum
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(
635 error
= dmu_objset_hold(strval
, FTAG
, &os
);
640 * Must be ZPL, and its property settings
641 * must be supported by GRUB (compression
642 * is not gzip, and large dnodes are not
646 if (dmu_objset_type(os
) != DMU_OST_ZFS
) {
647 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
649 dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os
),
650 zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_COMPRESSION
),
652 !BOOTFS_COMPRESS_VALID(propval
)) {
653 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
655 dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os
),
656 zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_DNODESIZE
),
658 propval
!= ZFS_DNSIZE_LEGACY
) {
659 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
661 objnum
= dmu_objset_id(os
);
663 dmu_objset_rele(os
, FTAG
);
667 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
668 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
669 if (!error
&& intval
> ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC
)
670 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
673 * This is a special case which only occurs when
674 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
675 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
676 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
677 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
678 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
679 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
682 if (!error
&& spa_suspended(spa
)) {
683 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
684 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
688 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
689 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
692 if (strval
[0] == '\0')
695 if (strcmp(strval
, "none") == 0)
698 if (strval
[0] != '/') {
699 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
703 slash
= strrchr(strval
, '/');
704 ASSERT(slash
!= NULL
);
706 if (slash
[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash
, "/.") == 0 ||
707 strcmp(slash
, "/..") == 0)
708 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
711 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
712 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
714 for (check
= strval
; *check
!= '\0'; check
++) {
715 if (!isprint(*check
)) {
716 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
720 if (strlen(strval
) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT
)
721 error
= SET_ERROR(E2BIG
);
732 (void) nvlist_remove_all(props
,
733 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO
));
735 if (!error
&& reset_bootfs
) {
736 error
= nvlist_remove(props
,
737 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), DATA_TYPE_STRING
);
740 error
= nvlist_add_uint64(props
,
741 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), objnum
);
749 spa_configfile_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
, boolean_t need_sync
)
752 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
754 if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp
, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
),
758 dp
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t
),
761 if (cachefile
[0] == '\0')
762 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(spa_config_path
);
763 else if (strcmp(cachefile
, "none") == 0)
766 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(cachefile
);
768 list_insert_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
, dp
);
770 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
774 spa_prop_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
)
777 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
778 boolean_t need_sync
= B_FALSE
;
780 if ((error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, nvp
)) != 0)
783 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
784 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem
));
786 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
||
787 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
||
788 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
)
791 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
|| prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
) {
794 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
) {
795 VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &ver
) == 0);
797 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
)));
798 ver
= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
;
802 /* Save time if the version is already set. */
803 if (ver
== spa_version(spa
))
807 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
808 * create the pool properties object, the features for
809 * read object, the features for write object, or the
810 * feature descriptions object.
812 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
,
813 spa_sync_version
, &ver
,
814 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
825 return (dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
, spa_sync_props
,
826 nvp
, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
));
833 * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
836 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t dsobj
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
838 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
== dsobj
&& spa
->spa_pool_props_object
!= 0) {
839 VERIFY(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
840 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
841 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), tx
) == 0);
848 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
850 ASSERTV(uint64_t *newguid
= arg
);
851 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
852 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
855 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
856 int error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
857 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
858 return (SET_ERROR(error
));
861 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
862 vdev_state
= rvd
->vdev_state
;
863 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
865 if (vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
)
866 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
868 ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa
), !=, *newguid
);
874 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
876 uint64_t *newguid
= arg
;
877 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
879 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
881 oldguid
= spa_guid(spa
);
883 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
884 rvd
->vdev_guid
= *newguid
;
885 rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
+= (*newguid
- oldguid
);
886 vdev_config_dirty(rvd
);
887 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
889 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "guid change", tx
, "old=%llu new=%llu",
890 (u_longlong_t
)oldguid
, (u_longlong_t
)*newguid
);
894 * Change the GUID for the pool. This is done so that we can later
895 * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs. We will modify
896 * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
897 * vdevs dirty. Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
898 * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
899 * would be orphaned from our pool. We are also going to issue a
900 * sysevent to update any watchers.
903 spa_change_guid(spa_t
*spa
)
908 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
909 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
910 guid
= spa_generate_guid(NULL
);
912 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, spa_change_guid_check
,
913 spa_change_guid_sync
, &guid
, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
916 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
917 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID
);
920 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
921 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
927 * ==========================================================================
928 * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
929 * ==========================================================================
933 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a
, const void *b
)
935 const spa_error_entry_t
*sa
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)a
;
936 const spa_error_entry_t
*sb
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)b
;
939 ret
= memcmp(&sa
->se_bookmark
, &sb
->se_bookmark
,
940 sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t
));
942 return (TREE_ISIGN(ret
));
946 * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
947 * re-initializes them in the process.
950 spa_get_errlists(spa_t
*spa
, avl_tree_t
*last
, avl_tree_t
*scrub
)
952 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_errlist_lock
));
954 bcopy(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
, last
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
955 bcopy(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
, scrub
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
957 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
958 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
959 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
960 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
961 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
962 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
966 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
968 const zio_taskq_info_t
*ztip
= &zio_taskqs
[t
][q
];
969 enum zti_modes mode
= ztip
->zti_mode
;
970 uint_t value
= ztip
->zti_value
;
971 uint_t count
= ztip
->zti_count
;
972 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
974 boolean_t batch
= B_FALSE
;
976 if (mode
== ZTI_MODE_NULL
) {
978 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
982 ASSERT3U(count
, >, 0);
984 tqs
->stqs_count
= count
;
985 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= kmem_alloc(count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
989 ASSERT3U(value
, >=, 1);
990 value
= MAX(value
, 1);
991 flags
|= TASKQ_DYNAMIC
;
996 flags
|= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
;
997 value
= MIN(zio_taskq_batch_pct
, 100);
1001 panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
1003 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
], mode
, value
);
1007 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++) {
1011 (void) snprintf(name
, sizeof (name
), "%s_%s",
1012 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
]);
1014 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
&& spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
) {
1016 flags
|= TASKQ_DC_BATCH
;
1018 tq
= taskq_create_sysdc(name
, value
, 50, INT_MAX
,
1019 spa
->spa_proc
, zio_taskq_basedc
, flags
);
1021 pri_t pri
= maxclsyspri
;
1023 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
1024 * intensive. Run it at slightly less important
1025 * priority than the other taskqs. Under Linux this
1026 * means incrementing the priority value on platforms
1027 * like illumos it should be decremented.
1029 if (t
== ZIO_TYPE_WRITE
&& q
== ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE
)
1032 tq
= taskq_create_proc(name
, value
, pri
, 50,
1033 INT_MAX
, spa
->spa_proc
, flags
);
1036 tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
] = tq
;
1041 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
1043 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1045 if (tqs
->stqs_taskq
== NULL
) {
1046 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, ==, 0);
1050 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< tqs
->stqs_count
; i
++) {
1051 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1052 taskq_destroy(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
]);
1055 kmem_free(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, tqs
->stqs_count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*));
1056 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
1060 * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
1061 * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
1062 * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
1063 * the low bits of gethrtime().
1066 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1067 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
, taskq_ent_t
*ent
)
1069 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1072 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, !=, NULL
);
1073 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, !=, 0);
1075 if (tqs
->stqs_count
== 1) {
1076 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[0];
1078 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs
->stqs_count
];
1081 taskq_dispatch_ent(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
, ent
);
1085 * Same as spa_taskq_dispatch_ent() but block on the task until completion.
1088 spa_taskq_dispatch_sync(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1089 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
)
1091 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1095 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, !=, NULL
);
1096 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, !=, 0);
1098 if (tqs
->stqs_count
== 1) {
1099 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[0];
1101 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs
->stqs_count
];
1104 id
= taskq_dispatch(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
);
1106 taskq_wait_id(tq
, id
);
1110 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t
*spa
)
1112 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1113 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1114 spa_taskqs_init(spa
, t
, q
);
1120 * Disabled until spa_thread() can be adapted for Linux.
1122 #undef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1124 #if defined(_KERNEL) && defined(HAVE_SPA_THREAD)
1126 spa_thread(void *arg
)
1128 psetid_t zio_taskq_psrset_bind
= PS_NONE
;
1129 callb_cpr_t cprinfo
;
1132 user_t
*pu
= PTOU(curproc
);
1134 CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
, callb_generic_cpr
,
1137 ASSERT(curproc
!= &p0
);
1138 (void) snprintf(pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_psargs
),
1139 "zpool-%s", spa
->spa_name
);
1140 (void) strlcpy(pu
->u_comm
, pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_comm
));
1142 /* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
1143 if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind
!= PS_NONE
) {
1145 mutex_enter(&cpu_lock
);
1146 mutex_enter(&pidlock
);
1147 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1149 if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
,
1150 0, NULL
, NULL
) == 0) {
1151 curthread
->t_bind_pset
= zio_taskq_psrset_bind
;
1154 "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1155 "pset %d\n", spa
->spa_name
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
);
1158 mutex_exit(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1159 mutex_exit(&pidlock
);
1160 mutex_exit(&cpu_lock
);
1164 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
) {
1165 sysdc_thread_enter(curthread
, 100, 0);
1168 spa
->spa_proc
= curproc
;
1169 spa
->spa_did
= curthread
->t_did
;
1171 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1173 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1174 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
);
1176 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
;
1177 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1179 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo
);
1180 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
)
1181 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1182 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1184 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
);
1185 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_GONE
;
1186 spa
->spa_proc
= &p0
;
1187 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1188 CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo
); /* drops spa_proc_lock */
1190 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1196 * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1199 spa_activate(spa_t
*spa
, int mode
)
1201 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1203 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
1204 spa
->spa_mode
= mode
;
1206 spa
->spa_normal_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1207 spa
->spa_log_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1208 spa
->spa_special_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1209 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1211 /* Try to create a covering process */
1212 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1213 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_NONE
);
1214 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1217 #ifdef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1218 /* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1219 if (spa_create_process
&& strcmp(spa
->spa_name
, TRYIMPORT_NAME
) != 0) {
1220 if (newproc(spa_thread
, (caddr_t
)spa
, syscid
, maxclsyspri
,
1222 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_CREATED
;
1223 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
) {
1224 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
,
1225 &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1227 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1228 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1229 ASSERT(spa
->spa_did
!= 0);
1233 "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1238 #endif /* HAVE_SPA_THREAD */
1239 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1241 /* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1242 if (spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
) {
1243 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1246 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++) {
1247 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
1251 list_create(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1252 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_config_dirty_node
));
1253 list_create(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
, sizeof (objset_t
),
1254 offsetof(objset_t
, os_evicting_node
));
1255 list_create(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1256 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_state_dirty_node
));
1258 txg_list_create(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, spa
,
1259 offsetof(struct vdev
, vdev_txg_node
));
1261 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
1262 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1263 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1264 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
1265 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1266 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1268 spa_keystore_init(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1271 * This taskq is used to perform zvol-minor-related tasks
1272 * asynchronously. This has several advantages, including easy
1273 * resolution of various deadlocks (zfsonlinux bug #3681).
1275 * The taskq must be single threaded to ensure tasks are always
1276 * processed in the order in which they were dispatched.
1278 * A taskq per pool allows one to keep the pools independent.
1279 * This way if one pool is suspended, it will not impact another.
1281 * The preferred location to dispatch a zvol minor task is a sync
1282 * task. In this context, there is easy access to the spa_t and minimal
1283 * error handling is required because the sync task must succeed.
1285 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= taskq_create("z_zvol", 1, defclsyspri
,
1289 * Taskq dedicated to prefetcher threads: this is used to prevent the
1290 * pool traverse code from monopolizing the global (and limited)
1291 * system_taskq by inappropriately scheduling long running tasks on it.
1293 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= taskq_create("z_prefetch", boot_ncpus
,
1294 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
);
1297 * The taskq to upgrade datasets in this pool. Currently used by
1298 * feature SPA_FEATURE_USEROBJ_ACCOUNTING/SPA_FEATURE_PROJECT_QUOTA.
1300 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= taskq_create("z_upgrade", boot_ncpus
,
1301 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
);
1305 * Opposite of spa_activate().
1308 spa_deactivate(spa_t
*spa
)
1310 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
== B_FALSE
);
1311 ASSERT(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
== NULL
);
1312 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
1313 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
== NULL
);
1314 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1316 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
1318 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
1319 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
1320 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= NULL
;
1323 if (spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
) {
1324 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
);
1325 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= NULL
;
1328 if (spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
) {
1329 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
);
1330 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= NULL
;
1333 txg_list_destroy(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
);
1335 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
);
1336 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
);
1337 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
);
1339 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
1341 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1342 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1343 spa_taskqs_fini(spa
, t
, q
);
1347 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++) {
1348 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1349 VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
]));
1350 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = NULL
;
1353 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_normal_class
);
1354 spa
->spa_normal_class
= NULL
;
1356 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_log_class
);
1357 spa
->spa_log_class
= NULL
;
1359 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_special_class
);
1360 spa
->spa_special_class
= NULL
;
1362 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_dedup_class
);
1363 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= NULL
;
1366 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1367 * still have errors left in the queues. Empty them just in case.
1369 spa_errlog_drain(spa
);
1370 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
);
1371 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
);
1373 spa_keystore_fini(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1375 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
;
1377 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1378 if (spa
->spa_proc_state
!= SPA_PROC_NONE
) {
1379 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1380 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
;
1381 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1382 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
) {
1383 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1384 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1386 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_GONE
);
1387 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_NONE
;
1389 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1390 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1393 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1394 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1397 if (spa
->spa_did
!= 0) {
1398 thread_join(spa
->spa_did
);
1404 * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately. This
1405 * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1406 * in the CLOSED state. This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1407 * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1410 spa_config_parse(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
**vdp
, nvlist_t
*nv
, vdev_t
*parent
,
1411 uint_t id
, int atype
)
1417 if ((error
= vdev_alloc(spa
, vdp
, nv
, parent
, id
, atype
)) != 0)
1420 if ((*vdp
)->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
1423 error
= nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
,
1426 if (error
== ENOENT
)
1432 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
1435 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
1437 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, child
[c
], *vdp
, c
,
1445 ASSERT(*vdp
!= NULL
);
1451 spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa_t
*spa
)
1453 if (!spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP
))
1456 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1459 if (!spa
->spa_sync_on
)
1462 if (spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
)
1465 if (zfs_keep_log_spacemaps_at_export
)
1472 * Opens a transaction that will set the flag that will instruct
1473 * spa_sync to attempt to flush all the metaslabs for that txg.
1476 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa_t
*spa
)
1478 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
1479 VERIFY0(dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_WAIT
));
1481 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
, ==, 0);
1482 spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
= dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
);
1485 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
);
1489 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
1491 void *cookie
= NULL
;
1493 while ((sls
= avl_destroy_nodes(&spa
->spa_sm_logs_by_txg
,
1494 &cookie
)) != NULL
) {
1495 VERIFY0(sls
->sls_mscount
);
1496 kmem_free(sls
, sizeof (spa_log_sm_t
));
1499 for (log_summary_entry_t
*e
= list_head(&spa
->spa_log_summary
);
1500 e
!= NULL
; e
= list_head(&spa
->spa_log_summary
)) {
1501 VERIFY0(e
->lse_mscount
);
1502 list_remove(&spa
->spa_log_summary
, e
);
1503 kmem_free(e
, sizeof (log_summary_entry_t
));
1506 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_nblocks
= 0;
1507 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_memused
= 0;
1508 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_blocklimit
= 0;
1512 spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa_t
*spa
)
1514 if (spa
->spa_condense_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1515 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_condense_zthr
);
1516 spa
->spa_condense_zthr
= NULL
;
1518 if (spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1519 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
);
1520 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
= NULL
;
1522 if (spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1523 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
);
1524 spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
= NULL
;
1526 if (spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1527 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
);
1528 spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
= NULL
;
1533 * Opposite of spa_load().
1536 spa_unload(spa_t
*spa
)
1538 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
1539 ASSERT(spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1541 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
1542 spa_load_note(spa
, "UNLOADING");
1544 spa_wake_waiters(spa
);
1547 * If the log space map feature is enabled and the pool is getting
1548 * exported (but not destroyed), we want to spend some time flushing
1549 * as many metaslabs as we can in an attempt to destroy log space
1550 * maps and save import time.
1552 if (spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa
))
1553 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa
);
1558 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
1560 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
) {
1561 vdev_t
*root_vdev
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
1562 vdev_initialize_stop_all(root_vdev
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
1563 vdev_trim_stop_all(root_vdev
, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
1564 vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa
);
1570 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
1571 txg_sync_stop(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
1572 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_FALSE
;
1576 * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching
1577 * while we attempt to unload the spa.
1579 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
1580 for (int c
= 0; c
< spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
1581 vdev_t
*vc
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
];
1582 if (vc
->vdev_mg
!= NULL
)
1583 taskq_wait(vc
->vdev_mg
->mg_taskq
);
1587 if (spa
->spa_mmp
.mmp_thread
)
1588 mmp_thread_stop(spa
);
1591 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1593 if (spa
->spa_async_zio_root
!= NULL
) {
1594 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++)
1595 (void) zio_wait(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
]);
1596 kmem_free(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
, max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *));
1597 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= NULL
;
1600 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
1601 spa_vdev_removal_destroy(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
);
1602 spa
->spa_vdev_removal
= NULL
;
1605 spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa
);
1607 spa_condense_fini(spa
);
1609 bpobj_close(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
);
1611 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, spa
, RW_WRITER
);
1616 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
)
1617 vdev_free(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
1618 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
1621 * Close the dsl pool.
1623 if (spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) {
1624 dsl_pool_close(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
1625 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= NULL
;
1626 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= NULL
;
1630 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa
);
1633 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1635 spa_l2cache_drop(spa
);
1637 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1638 vdev_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1639 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
) {
1640 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
1641 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1642 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1644 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
1645 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
1646 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
1648 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= 0;
1650 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1651 vdev_clear_stats(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1652 vdev_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1654 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
) {
1655 kmem_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
,
1656 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1657 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1659 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
1660 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
1661 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
1663 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
= 0;
1665 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= 0;
1667 spa
->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded
= B_FALSE
;
1669 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
1670 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
1671 spa
->spa_comment
= NULL
;
1674 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, spa
);
1678 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
1679 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1680 * 'spa_spares.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1681 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1684 spa_load_spares(spa_t
*spa
)
1693 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1694 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1696 * As spare vdevs are shared among open pools, we skip loading
1697 * them when we load the checkpointed state of the pool.
1699 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1703 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
1706 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
1708 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1709 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
1711 /* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
1712 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
1713 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
&& tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
1714 spa_spare_remove(tvd
);
1719 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
)
1720 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
1721 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1723 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
== NULL
)
1726 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
1727 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
1729 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= (int)nspares
;
1730 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1736 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
1737 * process. For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
1738 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
1739 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
1740 * configuration (if it's spared in). During this phase we open and
1741 * validate each vdev on the spare list. If the vdev also exists in the
1742 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
1744 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= kmem_zalloc(nspares
* sizeof (void *),
1746 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1747 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, spares
[i
], NULL
, 0,
1748 VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
) == 0);
1751 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
] = vd
;
1753 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
1754 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
) {
1755 if (!tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
1759 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
1760 * able to load the vdev. Otherwise, importing a pool
1761 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
1762 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
1763 * is actively in use.
1765 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
1766 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
1767 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise). Given
1768 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
1769 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
1771 if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd
))
1772 spa_spare_activate(tvd
);
1776 vd
->vdev_aux
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
1778 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
1781 if (vdev_validate_aux(vd
) == 0)
1786 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
1789 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
1790 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
1792 spares
= kmem_alloc(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
1794 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1795 spares
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
1796 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE
);
1797 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
1798 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
) == 0);
1799 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1800 nvlist_free(spares
[i
]);
1801 kmem_free(spares
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1805 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
1806 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1807 * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1808 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1809 * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
1813 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
)
1815 nvlist_t
**l2cache
= NULL
;
1817 int i
, j
, oldnvdevs
;
1819 vdev_t
*vd
, **oldvdevs
, **newvdevs
;
1820 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
1824 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1825 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1827 * As L2 caches are part of the ARC which is shared among open
1828 * pools, we skip loading them when we load the checkpointed
1829 * state of the pool.
1831 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1835 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
1837 oldvdevs
= sav
->sav_vdevs
;
1838 oldnvdevs
= sav
->sav_count
;
1839 sav
->sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1842 if (sav
->sav_config
== NULL
) {
1848 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
1849 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
1850 newvdevs
= kmem_alloc(nl2cache
* sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
1853 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
1855 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
1856 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
1860 for (j
= 0; j
< oldnvdevs
; j
++) {
1862 if (vd
!= NULL
&& guid
== vd
->vdev_guid
) {
1864 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
1872 if (newvdevs
[i
] == NULL
) {
1876 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, l2cache
[i
], NULL
, 0,
1877 VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
) == 0);
1882 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
1883 * even if it fails to open.
1885 spa_l2cache_add(vd
);
1890 spa_l2cache_activate(vd
);
1892 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
1895 (void) vdev_validate_aux(vd
);
1897 if (!vdev_is_dead(vd
))
1898 l2arc_add_vdev(spa
, vd
);
1902 sav
->sav_vdevs
= newvdevs
;
1903 sav
->sav_count
= (int)nl2cache
;
1906 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
1907 * information this time.
1909 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
1910 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
1912 if (sav
->sav_count
> 0)
1913 l2cache
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
1915 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
1916 l2cache
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
1917 sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
1918 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
1919 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
) == 0);
1923 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
1925 for (i
= 0; i
< oldnvdevs
; i
++) {
1930 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_isl2cache
);
1932 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
1933 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
1934 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
1935 vdev_clear_stats(vd
);
1941 kmem_free(oldvdevs
, oldnvdevs
* sizeof (void *));
1943 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
1944 nvlist_free(l2cache
[i
]);
1946 kmem_free(l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1950 load_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
**value
)
1953 char *packed
= NULL
;
1958 error
= dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
);
1962 nvsize
= *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
;
1963 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
1965 packed
= vmem_alloc(nvsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
1966 error
= dmu_read(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, nvsize
, packed
,
1969 error
= nvlist_unpack(packed
, nvsize
, value
, 0);
1970 vmem_free(packed
, nvsize
);
1976 * Concrete top-level vdevs that are not missing and are not logs. At every
1977 * spa_sync we write new uberblocks to at least SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS core tvds.
1980 spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t
*spa
)
1982 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
1985 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
1986 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
1989 if (vdev_is_concrete(vd
) && !vdev_is_dead(vd
))
1997 * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
1998 * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
2001 spa_check_removed(vdev_t
*vd
)
2003 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
2004 spa_check_removed(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
2006 if (vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
&& vdev_is_dead(vd
) &&
2007 vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
2008 zfs_post_autoreplace(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
);
2009 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK
);
2014 spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2016 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2019 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
2020 * diagnostic information about missing log devices.
2021 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
2023 if (!(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG
)) {
2024 nvlist_t
**child
, *nv
;
2027 child
= kmem_alloc(rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (nvlist_t
*),
2029 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
2031 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2032 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2035 * We consider a device as missing only if it failed
2036 * to open (i.e. offline or faulted is not considered
2039 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
2040 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
2041 child
[idx
++] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, tvd
,
2042 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_MISSING
);
2047 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv
,
2048 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
, child
, idx
);
2049 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2050 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES
, nv
);
2052 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< idx
; i
++)
2053 nvlist_free(child
[i
]);
2056 kmem_free(child
, rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (char **));
2059 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some log devices are missing");
2060 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
2061 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
2064 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2065 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2067 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
2068 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
2069 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
2070 spa_load_note(spa
, "some log devices are "
2071 "missing, ZIL is dropped.");
2072 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
2082 * Check for missing log devices
2085 spa_check_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2087 boolean_t rv
= B_FALSE
;
2088 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
2090 switch (spa
->spa_log_state
) {
2093 case SPA_LOG_MISSING
:
2094 /* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
2095 case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN
:
2096 rv
= (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
2097 zil_check_log_chain
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
) != 0);
2099 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_MISSING
);
2106 spa_passivate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
2108 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2109 boolean_t slog_found
= B_FALSE
;
2111 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
2113 if (!spa_has_slogs(spa
))
2116 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2117 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2118 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
2120 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
) {
2121 metaslab_group_passivate(mg
);
2122 slog_found
= B_TRUE
;
2126 return (slog_found
);
2130 spa_activate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
2132 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2134 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
2136 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2137 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2138 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
2140 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
)
2141 metaslab_group_activate(mg
);
2146 spa_reset_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2150 error
= dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
), zil_reset
,
2151 NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
2154 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
2155 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
2158 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
2164 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
)
2166 for (int i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
2167 spa_check_removed(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]);
2171 spa_claim_notify(zio_t
*zio
)
2173 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2178 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
); /* any mutex will do */
2179 if (spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
< zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
)
2180 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
;
2181 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
2184 typedef struct spa_load_error
{
2185 uint64_t sle_meta_count
;
2186 uint64_t sle_data_count
;
2190 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t
*zio
)
2192 blkptr_t
*bp
= zio
->io_bp
;
2193 spa_load_error_t
*sle
= zio
->io_private
;
2194 dmu_object_type_t type
= BP_GET_TYPE(bp
);
2195 int error
= zio
->io_error
;
2196 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2198 abd_free(zio
->io_abd
);
2200 if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp
) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type
)) &&
2201 type
!= DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG
)
2202 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_meta_count
);
2204 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_data_count
);
2207 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2208 spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
-= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
);
2209 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
);
2210 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2214 * Maximum number of inflight bytes is the log2 fraction of the arc size.
2215 * By default, we set it to 1/16th of the arc.
2217 int spa_load_verify_shift
= 4;
2218 int spa_load_verify_metadata
= B_TRUE
;
2219 int spa_load_verify_data
= B_TRUE
;
2223 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t
*spa
, zilog_t
*zilog
, const blkptr_t
*bp
,
2224 const zbookmark_phys_t
*zb
, const dnode_phys_t
*dnp
, void *arg
)
2226 if (zb
->zb_level
== ZB_DNODE_LEVEL
|| BP_IS_HOLE(bp
) ||
2227 BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp
) || BP_IS_REDACTED(bp
))
2230 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
2231 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set. However, it may be useful
2232 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
2234 if (!spa_load_verify_metadata
)
2236 if (!BP_IS_METADATA(bp
) && !spa_load_verify_data
)
2239 uint64_t maxinflight_bytes
=
2240 arc_target_bytes() >> spa_load_verify_shift
;
2242 size_t size
= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
);
2244 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2245 while (spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
>= maxinflight_bytes
)
2246 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
, &spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2247 spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
+= size
;
2248 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2250 zio_nowait(zio_read(rio
, spa
, bp
, abd_alloc_for_io(size
, B_FALSE
), size
,
2251 spa_load_verify_done
, rio
->io_private
, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB
,
2252 ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
| ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
|
2253 ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB
| ZIO_FLAG_RAW
, zb
));
2259 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t
*dp
, dsl_dataset_t
*ds
, void *arg
)
2261 if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds
) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
)
2262 return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG
));
2268 spa_load_verify(spa_t
*spa
)
2271 spa_load_error_t sle
= { 0 };
2272 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
2273 boolean_t verify_ok
= B_FALSE
;
2276 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
2278 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
)
2281 dsl_pool_config_enter(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2282 error
= dmu_objset_find_dp(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
,
2283 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_root_dir_obj
, verify_dataset_name_len
, NULL
,
2285 dsl_pool_config_exit(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2289 rio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, &sle
,
2290 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
);
2292 if (spa_load_verify_metadata
) {
2293 if (spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
) {
2294 spa_load_note(spa
, "performing a complete scan of the "
2295 "pool since extreme rewind is on. This may take "
2296 "a very long time.\n (spa_load_verify_data=%u, "
2297 "spa_load_verify_metadata=%u)",
2298 spa_load_verify_data
, spa_load_verify_metadata
);
2301 error
= traverse_pool(spa
, spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
,
2302 TRAVERSE_PRE
| TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA
|
2303 TRAVERSE_NO_DECRYPT
, spa_load_verify_cb
, rio
);
2306 (void) zio_wait(rio
);
2307 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
);
2309 spa
->spa_load_meta_errors
= sle
.sle_meta_count
;
2310 spa
->spa_load_data_errors
= sle
.sle_data_count
;
2312 if (sle
.sle_meta_count
!= 0 || sle
.sle_data_count
!= 0) {
2313 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_verify found %llu metadata errors "
2314 "and %llu data errors", (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_meta_count
,
2315 (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_data_count
);
2318 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
||
2319 (!error
&& sle
.sle_meta_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxmeta
&&
2320 sle
.sle_data_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxdata
)) {
2324 spa
->spa_load_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2325 spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
2327 loss
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
- spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
;
2328 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2329 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME
, spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
) == 0);
2330 VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2331 ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME
, loss
) == 0);
2332 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2333 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS
, sle
.sle_data_count
) == 0);
2335 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2338 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
)
2342 if (error
!= ENXIO
&& error
!= EIO
)
2343 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
2347 return (verify_ok
? 0 : EIO
);
2351 * Find a value in the pool props object.
2354 spa_prop_find(spa_t
*spa
, zpool_prop_t prop
, uint64_t *val
)
2356 (void) zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
2357 zpool_prop_to_name(prop
), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2361 * Find a value in the pool directory object.
2364 spa_dir_prop(spa_t
*spa
, const char *name
, uint64_t *val
, boolean_t log_enoent
)
2366 int error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
2367 name
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2369 if (error
!= 0 && (error
!= ENOENT
|| log_enoent
)) {
2370 spa_load_failed(spa
, "couldn't get '%s' value in MOS directory "
2371 "[error=%d]", name
, error
);
2378 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t
*vdev
, vdev_aux_t aux
, int err
)
2380 vdev_set_state(vdev
, B_TRUE
, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
, aux
);
2381 return (SET_ERROR(err
));
2385 spa_livelist_delete_check(spa_t
*spa
)
2387 return (spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
!= 0);
2392 spa_livelist_delete_cb_check(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2395 return (spa_livelist_delete_check(spa
));
2399 delete_blkptr_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2402 zio_free(spa
, tx
->tx_txg
, bp
);
2403 dsl_dir_diduse_space(tx
->tx_pool
->dp_free_dir
, DD_USED_HEAD
,
2404 -bp_get_dsize_sync(spa
, bp
),
2405 -BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
), -BP_GET_UCSIZE(bp
), tx
);
2410 dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(objset_t
*os
, uint64_t zap_obj
, uint64_t *llp
)
2415 zap_cursor_init(&zc
, os
, zap_obj
);
2416 err
= zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
);
2417 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
2419 *llp
= za
.za_first_integer
;
2424 * Components of livelist deletion that must be performed in syncing
2425 * context: freeing block pointers and updating the pool-wide data
2426 * structures to indicate how much work is left to do
2428 typedef struct sublist_delete_arg
{
2433 } sublist_delete_arg_t
;
2436 sublist_delete_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2438 sublist_delete_arg_t
*sda
= arg
;
2439 spa_t
*spa
= sda
->spa
;
2440 dsl_deadlist_t
*ll
= sda
->ll
;
2441 uint64_t key
= sda
->key
;
2442 bplist_t
*to_free
= sda
->to_free
;
2444 bplist_iterate(to_free
, delete_blkptr_cb
, spa
, tx
);
2445 dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll
, key
, tx
);
2448 typedef struct livelist_delete_arg
{
2452 } livelist_delete_arg_t
;
2455 livelist_delete_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2457 livelist_delete_arg_t
*lda
= arg
;
2458 spa_t
*spa
= lda
->spa
;
2459 uint64_t ll_obj
= lda
->ll_obj
;
2460 uint64_t zap_obj
= lda
->zap_obj
;
2461 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
2464 /* free the livelist and decrement the feature count */
2465 VERIFY0(zap_remove_int(mos
, zap_obj
, ll_obj
, tx
));
2466 dsl_deadlist_free(mos
, ll_obj
, tx
);
2467 spa_feature_decr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LIVELIST
, tx
);
2468 VERIFY0(zap_count(mos
, zap_obj
, &count
));
2470 /* no more livelists to delete */
2471 VERIFY0(zap_remove(mos
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
2472 DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES
, tx
));
2473 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(mos
, zap_obj
, tx
));
2474 spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
= 0;
2475 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
2480 * Load in the value for the livelist to be removed and open it. Then,
2481 * load its first sublist and determine which block pointers should actually
2482 * be freed. Then, call a synctask which performs the actual frees and updates
2483 * the pool-wide livelist data.
2487 spa_livelist_delete_cb(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2490 uint64_t ll_obj
= 0, count
;
2491 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
2492 uint64_t zap_obj
= spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
;
2494 * Determine the next livelist to delete. This function should only
2495 * be called if there is at least one deleted clone.
2497 VERIFY0(dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(mos
, zap_obj
, &ll_obj
));
2498 VERIFY0(zap_count(mos
, ll_obj
, &count
));
2500 dsl_deadlist_t ll
= { 0 };
2501 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*dle
;
2503 dsl_deadlist_open(&ll
, mos
, ll_obj
);
2504 dle
= dsl_deadlist_first(&ll
);
2505 ASSERT3P(dle
, !=, NULL
);
2506 bplist_create(&to_free
);
2507 int err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&dle
->dle_bpobj
, &to_free
,
2510 sublist_delete_arg_t sync_arg
= {
2513 .key
= dle
->dle_mintxg
,
2516 zfs_dbgmsg("deleting sublist (id %llu) from"
2517 " livelist %llu, %d remaining",
2518 dle
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
, ll_obj
, count
- 1);
2519 VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa
), NULL
,
2520 sublist_delete_sync
, &sync_arg
, 0,
2521 ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY
));
2523 ASSERT(err
== EINTR
);
2525 bplist_clear(&to_free
);
2526 bplist_destroy(&to_free
);
2527 dsl_deadlist_close(&ll
);
2529 livelist_delete_arg_t sync_arg
= {
2534 zfs_dbgmsg("deletion of livelist %llu completed", ll_obj
);
2535 VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa
), NULL
, livelist_delete_sync
,
2536 &sync_arg
, 0, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY
));
2541 spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa_t
*spa
)
2543 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2544 spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
= zthr_create(
2545 spa_livelist_delete_cb_check
, spa_livelist_delete_cb
, spa
);
2548 typedef struct livelist_new_arg
{
2551 } livelist_new_arg_t
;
2554 livelist_track_new_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
2558 livelist_new_arg_t
*lna
= arg
;
2560 bplist_append(lna
->frees
, bp
);
2562 bplist_append(lna
->allocs
, bp
);
2563 zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc
++;
2568 typedef struct livelist_condense_arg
{
2571 uint64_t first_size
;
2573 } livelist_condense_arg_t
;
2576 spa_livelist_condense_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2578 livelist_condense_arg_t
*lca
= arg
;
2579 spa_t
*spa
= lca
->spa
;
2581 dsl_dataset_t
*ds
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
;
2583 /* Have we been cancelled? */
2584 if (spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
) {
2585 zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel
++;
2589 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*first
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
;
2590 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*next
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
;
2591 dsl_deadlist_t
*ll
= &ds
->ds_dir
->dd_livelist
;
2594 * It's possible that the livelist was changed while the zthr was
2595 * running. Therefore, we need to check for new blkptrs in the two
2596 * entries being condensed and continue to track them in the livelist.
2597 * Because of the way we handle remapped blkptrs (see dbuf_remap_impl),
2598 * it's possible that the newly added blkptrs are FREEs or ALLOCs so
2599 * we need to sort them into two different bplists.
2601 uint64_t first_obj
= first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
;
2602 uint64_t next_obj
= next
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
;
2603 uint64_t cur_first_size
= first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
;
2604 uint64_t cur_next_size
= next
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
;
2606 bplist_create(&new_frees
);
2607 livelist_new_arg_t new_bps
= {
2608 .allocs
= &lca
->to_keep
,
2609 .frees
= &new_frees
,
2612 if (cur_first_size
> lca
->first_size
) {
2613 VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&first
->dle_bpobj
,
2614 livelist_track_new_cb
, &new_bps
, lca
->first_size
));
2616 if (cur_next_size
> lca
->next_size
) {
2617 VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&next
->dle_bpobj
,
2618 livelist_track_new_cb
, &new_bps
, lca
->next_size
));
2621 dsl_deadlist_clear_entry(first
, ll
, tx
);
2622 ASSERT(bpobj_is_empty(&first
->dle_bpobj
));
2623 dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll
, next
->dle_mintxg
, tx
);
2625 bplist_iterate(&lca
->to_keep
, dsl_deadlist_insert_alloc_cb
, ll
, tx
);
2626 bplist_iterate(&new_frees
, dsl_deadlist_insert_free_cb
, ll
, tx
);
2627 bplist_destroy(&new_frees
);
2629 char dsname
[ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
];
2630 dsl_dataset_name(ds
, dsname
);
2631 zfs_dbgmsg("txg %llu condensing livelist of %s (id %llu), bpobj %llu "
2632 "(%llu blkptrs) and bpobj %llu (%llu blkptrs) -> bpobj %llu "
2633 "(%llu blkptrs)", tx
->tx_txg
, dsname
, ds
->ds_object
, first_obj
,
2634 cur_first_size
, next_obj
, cur_next_size
,
2635 first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
,
2636 first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
);
2638 dmu_buf_rele(ds
->ds_dbuf
, spa
);
2639 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2640 bplist_clear(&lca
->to_keep
);
2641 bplist_destroy(&lca
->to_keep
);
2642 kmem_free(lca
, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
));
2643 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_FALSE
;
2647 spa_livelist_condense_cb(void *arg
, zthr_t
*t
)
2649 while (zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause
&&
2650 !(zthr_has_waiters(t
) || zthr_iscancelled(t
)))
2654 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*first
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
;
2655 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*next
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
;
2656 uint64_t first_size
, next_size
;
2658 livelist_condense_arg_t
*lca
=
2659 kmem_alloc(sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
2660 bplist_create(&lca
->to_keep
);
2663 * Process the livelists (matching FREEs and ALLOCs) in open context
2664 * so we have minimal work in syncing context to condense.
2666 * We save bpobj sizes (first_size and next_size) to use later in
2667 * syncing context to determine if entries were added to these sublists
2668 * while in open context. This is possible because the clone is still
2669 * active and open for normal writes and we want to make sure the new,
2670 * unprocessed blockpointers are inserted into the livelist normally.
2672 * Note that dsl_process_sub_livelist() both stores the size number of
2673 * blockpointers and iterates over them while the bpobj's lock held, so
2674 * the sizes returned to us are consistent which what was actually
2677 int err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&first
->dle_bpobj
, &lca
->to_keep
, t
,
2680 err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&next
->dle_bpobj
, &lca
->to_keep
,
2684 while (zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause
&&
2685 !(zthr_has_waiters(t
) || zthr_iscancelled(t
)))
2688 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
2689 dmu_tx_mark_netfree(tx
);
2690 dmu_tx_hold_space(tx
, 1);
2691 err
= dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_NOWAIT
| TXG_NOTHROTTLE
);
2694 * Prevent the condense zthr restarting before
2695 * the synctask completes.
2697 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_TRUE
;
2699 lca
->first_size
= first_size
;
2700 lca
->next_size
= next_size
;
2701 dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa_get_dsl(spa
),
2702 spa_livelist_condense_sync
, lca
, 0,
2703 ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_NONE
, tx
);
2709 * Condensing can not continue: either it was externally stopped or
2710 * we were unable to assign to a tx because the pool has run out of
2711 * space. In the second case, we'll just end up trying to condense
2712 * again in a later txg.
2715 bplist_clear(&lca
->to_keep
);
2716 bplist_destroy(&lca
->to_keep
);
2717 kmem_free(lca
, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
));
2718 dmu_buf_rele(spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
->ds_dbuf
, spa
);
2719 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2721 zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel
++;
2726 * Check that there is something to condense but that a condense is not
2727 * already in progress and that condensing has not been cancelled.
2730 spa_livelist_condense_cb_check(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2733 if ((spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
!= NULL
) &&
2734 (spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
== B_FALSE
) &&
2735 (spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
== B_FALSE
)) {
2742 spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa_t
*spa
)
2744 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2745 spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
= NULL
;
2746 spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
= NULL
;
2747 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_FALSE
;
2748 spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
= B_FALSE
;
2750 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2751 spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
= zthr_create(
2752 spa_livelist_condense_cb_check
, spa_livelist_condense_cb
, spa
);
2756 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t
*spa
)
2758 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
2760 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
2762 spa_start_indirect_condensing_thread(spa
);
2763 spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa
);
2764 spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa
);
2766 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2767 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
=
2768 zthr_create(spa_checkpoint_discard_thread_check
,
2769 spa_checkpoint_discard_thread
, spa
);
2773 * Fix up config after a partly-completed split. This is done with the
2774 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist. Both the splitting pool and the split-off
2775 * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
2776 * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
2778 * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
2779 * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process. To attempt
2780 * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
2781 * we do a reopen() call. If the vdev label for every disk that was
2782 * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2783 * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
2785 * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
2786 * the original pool.
2789 spa_try_repair(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
2796 boolean_t attempt_reopen
;
2798 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) != 0)
2801 /* check that the config is complete */
2802 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
,
2803 &glist
, &gcount
) != 0)
2806 vd
= kmem_zalloc(gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
2808 /* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
2809 attempt_reopen
= B_TRUE
;
2810 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
2811 if (glist
[i
] == 0) /* vdev is hole */
2814 vd
[i
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[i
], B_FALSE
);
2815 if (vd
[i
] == NULL
) {
2817 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
2818 * just do the split.
2820 attempt_reopen
= B_FALSE
;
2822 /* attempt to re-online it */
2823 vd
[i
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
2827 if (attempt_reopen
) {
2828 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2830 /* check each device to see what state it's in */
2831 for (extracted
= 0, i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
2832 if (vd
[i
] != NULL
&&
2833 vd
[i
]->vdev_stat
.vs_aux
!= VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL
)
2840 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
2841 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
2844 if (!attempt_reopen
|| gcount
== extracted
) {
2845 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++)
2848 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2851 kmem_free(vd
, gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
2855 spa_load(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, spa_import_type_t type
)
2857 char *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL
;
2860 spa
->spa_load_state
= state
;
2861 (void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa
),
2862 spa_load_state(spa
));
2864 gethrestime(&spa
->spa_loaded_ts
);
2865 error
= spa_load_impl(spa
, type
, &ereport
);
2868 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
2869 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
2871 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
2872 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
2874 if (error
!= EEXIST
) {
2875 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
= 0;
2876 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
= 0;
2878 if (error
!= EBADF
) {
2879 zfs_ereport_post(ereport
, spa
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0);
2882 spa
->spa_load_state
= error
? SPA_LOAD_ERROR
: SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
2885 (void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa
),
2886 spa_load_state(spa
));
2893 * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the
2894 * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the
2895 * spa's per-vdev ZAP list.
2898 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t
*vd
)
2900 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
2903 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
2905 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
2906 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_top_zap
));
2908 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
2910 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
2911 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
));
2914 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
2915 total
+= vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd
->vdev_child
[i
]);
2923 * Determine whether the activity check is required.
2926 spa_activity_check_required(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*label
,
2930 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
2931 uint64_t tryconfig_txg
= 0;
2932 uint64_t tryconfig_timestamp
= 0;
2933 uint16_t tryconfig_mmp_seq
= 0;
2936 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
2937 nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
2938 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
,
2940 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
2941 &tryconfig_timestamp
);
2942 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint16(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ
,
2943 &tryconfig_mmp_seq
);
2946 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
);
2949 * Disable the MMP activity check - This is used by zdb which
2950 * is intended to be used on potentially active pools.
2952 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
)
2956 * Skip the activity check when the MMP feature is disabled.
2958 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
== 0)
2962 * If the tryconfig_ values are nonzero, they are the results of an
2963 * earlier tryimport. If they all match the uberblock we just found,
2964 * then the pool has not changed and we return false so we do not test
2967 if (tryconfig_txg
&& tryconfig_txg
== ub
->ub_txg
&&
2968 tryconfig_timestamp
&& tryconfig_timestamp
== ub
->ub_timestamp
&&
2969 tryconfig_mmp_seq
&& tryconfig_mmp_seq
==
2970 (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0))
2974 * Allow the activity check to be skipped when importing the pool
2975 * on the same host which last imported it. Since the hostid from
2976 * configuration may be stale use the one read from the label.
2978 if (nvlist_exists(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
))
2979 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
2981 if (hostid
== spa_get_hostid(spa
))
2985 * Skip the activity test when the pool was cleanly exported.
2987 if (state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
)
2994 * Nanoseconds the activity check must watch for changes on-disk.
2997 spa_activity_check_duration(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
)
2999 uint64_t import_intervals
= MAX(zfs_multihost_import_intervals
, 1);
3000 uint64_t multihost_interval
= MSEC2NSEC(
3001 MMP_INTERVAL_OK(zfs_multihost_interval
));
3002 uint64_t import_delay
= MAX(NANOSEC
, import_intervals
*
3003 multihost_interval
);
3006 * Local tunables determine a minimum duration except for the case
3007 * where we know when the remote host will suspend the pool if MMP
3008 * writes do not land.
3010 * See Big Theory comment at the top of mmp.c for the reasoning behind
3011 * these cases and times.
3014 ASSERT(MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR
>= 100);
3016 if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub
) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub
) &&
3017 MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) > 0) {
3019 /* MMP on remote host will suspend pool after failed writes */
3020 import_delay
= MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) * MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub
)) *
3021 MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR
/ 100;
3023 zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals>0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3024 "mmp_fails=%llu ub_mmp mmp_interval=%llu "
3025 "import_intervals=%u", import_delay
, MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
),
3026 MMP_INTERVAL(ub
), import_intervals
);
3028 } else if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub
) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub
) &&
3029 MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) == 0) {
3031 /* MMP on remote host will never suspend pool */
3032 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, (MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub
)) +
3033 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
) * import_intervals
);
3035 zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals=0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3036 "mmp_interval=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3037 "import_intervals=%u", import_delay
, MMP_INTERVAL(ub
),
3038 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
, import_intervals
);
3040 } else if (MMP_VALID(ub
)) {
3042 * zfs-0.7 compatibility case
3045 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, (multihost_interval
+
3046 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
) * import_intervals
);
3048 zfs_dbgmsg("import_delay=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3049 "import_intervals=%u leaves=%u", import_delay
,
3050 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
, import_intervals
,
3051 vdev_count_leaves(spa
));
3053 /* Using local tunings is the only reasonable option */
3054 zfs_dbgmsg("pool last imported on non-MMP aware "
3055 "host using import_delay=%llu multihost_interval=%llu "
3056 "import_intervals=%u", import_delay
, multihost_interval
,
3060 return (import_delay
);
3064 * Perform the import activity check. If the user canceled the import or
3065 * we detected activity then fail.
3068 spa_activity_check(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*config
)
3070 uint64_t txg
= ub
->ub_txg
;
3071 uint64_t timestamp
= ub
->ub_timestamp
;
3072 uint64_t mmp_config
= ub
->ub_mmp_config
;
3073 uint16_t mmp_seq
= MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0;
3074 uint64_t import_delay
;
3075 hrtime_t import_expire
;
3076 nvlist_t
*mmp_label
= NULL
;
3077 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3082 cv_init(&cv
, NULL
, CV_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
3083 mutex_init(&mtx
, NULL
, MUTEX_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
3087 * If ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG is present an activity check was performed
3088 * during the earlier tryimport. If the txg recorded there is 0 then
3089 * the pool is known to be active on another host.
3091 * Otherwise, the pool might be in use on another host. Check for
3092 * changes in the uberblocks on disk if necessary.
3094 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
3095 nvlist_t
*nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
3096 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
3098 if (nvlist_exists(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) &&
3099 fnvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) == 0) {
3100 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
3101 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
3106 import_delay
= spa_activity_check_duration(spa
, ub
);
3108 /* Add a small random factor in case of simultaneous imports (0-25%) */
3109 import_delay
+= import_delay
* spa_get_random(250) / 1000;
3111 import_expire
= gethrtime() + import_delay
;
3113 while (gethrtime() < import_expire
) {
3114 (void) spa_import_progress_set_mmp_check(spa_guid(spa
),
3115 NSEC2SEC(import_expire
- gethrtime()));
3117 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
3119 if (txg
!= ub
->ub_txg
|| timestamp
!= ub
->ub_timestamp
||
3120 mmp_seq
!= (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0)) {
3121 zfs_dbgmsg("multihost activity detected "
3122 "txg %llu ub_txg %llu "
3123 "timestamp %llu ub_timestamp %llu "
3124 "mmp_config %#llx ub_mmp_config %#llx",
3125 txg
, ub
->ub_txg
, timestamp
, ub
->ub_timestamp
,
3126 mmp_config
, ub
->ub_mmp_config
);
3128 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
3133 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
3137 error
= cv_timedwait_sig(&cv
, &mtx
, ddi_get_lbolt() + hz
);
3139 error
= SET_ERROR(EINTR
);
3147 mutex_destroy(&mtx
);
3151 * If the pool is determined to be active store the status in the
3152 * spa->spa_load_info nvlist. If the remote hostname or hostid are
3153 * available from configuration read from disk store them as well.
3154 * This allows 'zpool import' to generate a more useful message.
3156 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE - observed pool status (mandatory)
3157 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME - hostname from the active pool
3158 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID - hostid from the active pool
3160 if (error
== EREMOTEIO
) {
3161 char *hostname
= "<unknown>";
3162 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
3165 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
)) {
3166 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mmp_label
,
3167 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
3168 fnvlist_add_string(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3169 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME
, hostname
);
3172 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
)) {
3173 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mmp_label
,
3174 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
3175 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3176 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID
, hostid
);
3180 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3181 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_ACTIVE
);
3182 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3183 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, 0);
3185 error
= spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
);
3189 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
3195 spa_verify_host(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*mos_config
)
3199 uint64_t myhostid
= 0;
3201 if (!spa_is_root(spa
) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
3202 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
, &hostid
) == 0) {
3203 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config
,
3204 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
3206 myhostid
= zone_get_hostid(NULL
);
3208 if (hostid
!= 0 && myhostid
!= 0 && hostid
!= myhostid
) {
3209 cmn_err(CE_WARN
, "pool '%s' could not be "
3210 "loaded as it was last accessed by "
3211 "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%llx). "
3212 "See: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-EY",
3213 spa_name(spa
), hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
3214 spa_load_failed(spa
, "hostid verification failed: pool "
3215 "last accessed by host: %s (hostid: 0x%llx)",
3216 hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
3217 return (SET_ERROR(EBADF
));
3225 spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3228 nvlist_t
*nvtree
, *nvl
, *config
= spa
->spa_config
;
3235 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
3236 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
3238 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
3239 &spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
) != 0)
3240 spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
= SPA_VERSION_INITIAL
;
3242 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
, &pool_guid
)) {
3243 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3244 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
);
3245 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
3249 * If we are doing an import, ensure that the pool is not already
3250 * imported by checking if its pool guid already exists in the
3253 * The only case that we allow an already imported pool to be
3254 * imported again, is when the pool is checkpointed and we want to
3255 * look at its checkpointed state from userland tools like zdb.
3258 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
3259 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
3260 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0)) {
3262 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
3263 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
3264 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0) &&
3265 !spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
3267 spa_load_failed(spa
, "a pool with guid %llu is already open",
3268 (u_longlong_t
)pool_guid
);
3269 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
3272 spa
->spa_config_guid
= pool_guid
;
3274 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
3275 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
3277 ASSERT(spa
->spa_comment
== NULL
);
3278 if (nvlist_lookup_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT
, &comment
) == 0)
3279 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(comment
);
3281 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
,
3282 &spa
->spa_config_txg
);
3284 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) == 0)
3285 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= fnvlist_dup(nvl
);
3287 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvtree
)) {
3288 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3289 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
3290 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
3294 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
3296 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
3298 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
3299 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
3300 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
3301 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
3305 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree. We explicitly set the
3306 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
3307 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
3309 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3310 parse
= (type
== SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
?
3311 VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
: VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT
);
3312 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvtree
, NULL
, 0, parse
);
3313 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3316 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to parse config [error=%d]",
3321 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
3322 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_min_ashift
, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT
);
3323 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_max_ashift
, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT
);
3325 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
3326 ASSERT(spa_guid(spa
) == pool_guid
);
3333 * Recursively open all vdevs in the vdev tree. This function is called twice:
3334 * first with the untrusted config, then with the trusted config.
3337 spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
3342 * spa_missing_tvds_allowed defines how many top-level vdevs can be
3343 * missing/unopenable for the root vdev to be still considered openable.
3345 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
) {
3346 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds
;
3347 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
) {
3348 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
;
3349 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
) {
3350 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
;
3352 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= 0;
3355 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
=
3356 MAX(zfs_max_missing_tvds
, spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
3358 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3359 error
= vdev_open(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
3360 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3362 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
3363 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree has %lld missing top-level "
3364 "vdevs.", (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds
);
3365 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
&& (spa
->spa_mode
& FWRITE
)) {
3367 * Although theoretically we could allow users to open
3368 * incomplete pools in RW mode, we'd need to add a lot
3369 * of extra logic (e.g. adjust pool space to account
3370 * for missing vdevs).
3371 * This limitation also prevents users from accidentally
3372 * opening the pool in RW mode during data recovery and
3373 * damaging it further.
3375 spa_load_note(spa
, "pools with missing top-level "
3376 "vdevs can only be opened in read-only mode.");
3377 error
= SET_ERROR(ENXIO
);
3379 spa_load_note(spa
, "current settings allow for maximum "
3380 "%lld missing top-level vdevs at this stage.",
3381 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
3385 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open vdev tree [error=%d]",
3388 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0 || error
!= 0)
3389 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, 2);
3395 * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
3396 * we have in hand. This function is called twice: first with an untrusted
3397 * config, then with a trusted config. The validation is more strict when the
3398 * config is trusted.
3401 spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
3404 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3406 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3407 error
= vdev_validate(rvd
);
3408 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3411 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_validate failed [error=%d]", error
);
3415 if (rvd
->vdev_state
<= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
3416 spa_load_failed(spa
, "cannot open vdev tree after invalidating "
3418 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3419 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
3426 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
)
3428 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
3429 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
3430 spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
= spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
?
3431 TXG_INITIAL
- 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE
- 1;
3432 spa
->spa_first_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
?
3433 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
: spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) + 1;
3434 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= spa
->spa_first_txg
;
3435 spa
->spa_prev_software_version
= ub
->ub_software_version
;
3439 spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3441 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3443 uberblock_t
*ub
= &spa
->spa_uberblock
;
3444 boolean_t activity_check
= B_FALSE
;
3447 * If we are opening the checkpointed state of the pool by
3448 * rewinding to it, at this point we will have written the
3449 * checkpointed uberblock to the vdev labels, so searching
3450 * the labels will find the right uberblock. However, if
3451 * we are opening the checkpointed state read-only, we have
3452 * not modified the labels. Therefore, we must ignore the
3453 * labels and continue using the spa_uberblock that was set
3454 * by spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind.
3456 * Note that it would be fine to ignore the labels when
3457 * rewinding (opening writeable) as well. However, if we
3458 * crash just after writing the labels, we will end up
3459 * searching the labels. Doing so in the common case means
3460 * that this code path gets exercised normally, rather than
3461 * just in the edge case.
3463 if (ub
->ub_checkpoint_txg
!= 0 &&
3464 spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
3465 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
3470 * Find the best uberblock.
3472 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &label
);
3475 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
3477 if (ub
->ub_txg
== 0) {
3479 spa_load_failed(spa
, "no valid uberblock found");
3480 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, ENXIO
));
3483 if (spa
->spa_load_max_txg
!= UINT64_MAX
) {
3484 (void) spa_import_progress_set_max_txg(spa_guid(spa
),
3485 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_load_max_txg
);
3487 spa_load_note(spa
, "using uberblock with txg=%llu",
3488 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_txg
);
3492 * For pools which have the multihost property on determine if the
3493 * pool is truly inactive and can be safely imported. Prevent
3494 * hosts which don't have a hostid set from importing the pool.
3496 activity_check
= spa_activity_check_required(spa
, ub
, label
,
3498 if (activity_check
) {
3499 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
&&
3500 spa_get_hostid(spa
) == 0) {
3502 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3503 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
3504 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
3507 int error
= spa_activity_check(spa
, ub
, spa
->spa_config
);
3513 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3514 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_INACTIVE
);
3515 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3516 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, ub
->ub_txg
);
3517 fnvlist_add_uint16(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3518 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ
,
3519 (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0));
3523 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
3525 if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub
->ub_version
)) {
3527 spa_load_failed(spa
, "version %llu is not supported",
3528 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_version
);
3529 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER
, ENOTSUP
));
3532 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3536 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
3537 * MOS in the label, return failure.
3539 if (label
== NULL
) {
3540 spa_load_failed(spa
, "label config unavailable");
3541 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
3545 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
3548 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid label: '%s' missing",
3549 ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
);
3550 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
3555 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
3558 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_label_features
);
3559 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features
, &spa
->spa_label_features
, 0) == 0);
3565 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
3566 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
3567 * cannot open a pool.
3569 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3570 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
;
3572 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) ==
3575 for (nvpair_t
*nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
,
3577 nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
, nvp
)) {
3578 if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp
))) {
3579 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat
,
3580 nvpair_name(nvp
), "") == 0);
3584 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
3585 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3586 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
) == 0);
3587 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3588 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some features are unsupported");
3589 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
3593 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3596 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa
->spa_config_splitting
) {
3597 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3598 spa_try_repair(spa
, spa
->spa_config
);
3599 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3600 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
3601 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
3605 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
3607 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
3613 spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa_t
*spa
)
3616 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3618 error
= dsl_pool_init(spa
, spa
->spa_first_txg
, &spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
3620 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open rootbp in dsl_pool_init "
3621 "[error=%d]", error
);
3622 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3624 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_meta_objset
;
3630 spa_ld_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
3631 boolean_t reloading
)
3633 vdev_t
*mrvd
, *rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3634 nvlist_t
*nv
, *mos_config
, *policy
;
3635 int error
= 0, copy_error
;
3636 uint64_t healthy_tvds
, healthy_tvds_mos
;
3637 uint64_t mos_config_txg
;
3639 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
, &spa
->spa_config_object
, B_TRUE
)
3641 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3644 * If we're assembling a pool from a split, the config provided is
3645 * already trusted so there is nothing to do.
3647 if (type
== SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
3650 healthy_tvds
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
3652 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
)
3654 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
3655 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3659 * If we are doing an open, pool owner wasn't verified yet, thus do
3660 * the verification here.
3662 if (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_OPEN
) {
3663 error
= spa_verify_host(spa
, mos_config
);
3665 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3670 nv
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
3672 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3675 * Build a new vdev tree from the trusted config
3677 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &mrvd
, nv
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
) == 0);
3680 * Vdev paths in the MOS may be obsolete. If the untrusted config was
3681 * obtained by scanning /dev/dsk, then it will have the right vdev
3682 * paths. We update the trusted MOS config with this information.
3683 * We first try to copy the paths with vdev_copy_path_strict, which
3684 * succeeds only when both configs have exactly the same vdev tree.
3685 * If that fails, we fall back to a more flexible method that has a
3686 * best effort policy.
3688 copy_error
= vdev_copy_path_strict(rvd
, mrvd
);
3689 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
3690 spa_load_note(spa
, "provided vdev tree:");
3691 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3692 spa_load_note(spa
, "MOS vdev tree:");
3693 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(mrvd
, 2);
3695 if (copy_error
!= 0) {
3696 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev_copy_path_strict failed, falling "
3697 "back to vdev_copy_path_relaxed");
3698 vdev_copy_path_relaxed(rvd
, mrvd
);
3703 spa
->spa_root_vdev
= mrvd
;
3705 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3708 * We will use spa_config if we decide to reload the spa or if spa_load
3709 * fails and we rewind. We must thus regenerate the config using the
3710 * MOS information with the updated paths. ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY is used to
3711 * pass settings on how to load the pool and is not stored in the MOS.
3712 * We copy it over to our new, trusted config.
3714 mos_config_txg
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
3715 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
);
3716 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3717 mos_config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, mos_config_txg
, B_FALSE
);
3718 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
,
3720 fnvlist_add_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
, policy
);
3721 spa_config_set(spa
, mos_config
);
3722 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_MOS
;
3725 * Now that we got the config from the MOS, we should be more strict
3726 * in checking blkptrs and can make assumptions about the consistency
3727 * of the vdev tree. spa_trust_config must be set to true before opening
3728 * vdevs in order for them to be writeable.
3730 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_TRUE
;
3733 * Open and validate the new vdev tree
3735 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
3739 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
3743 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
3744 spa_load_note(spa
, "final vdev tree:");
3745 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3748 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
&&
3749 !spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
&& zfs_max_missing_tvds
== 0) {
3751 * Sanity check to make sure that we are indeed loading the
3752 * latest uberblock. If we missed SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS tvds
3753 * in the config provided and they happened to be the only ones
3754 * to have the latest uberblock, we could involuntarily perform
3755 * an extreme rewind.
3757 healthy_tvds_mos
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
3758 if (healthy_tvds_mos
- healthy_tvds
>=
3759 SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
) {
3760 spa_load_note(spa
, "config provided misses too many "
3761 "top-level vdevs compared to MOS (%lld vs %lld). ",
3762 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds
,
3763 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds_mos
);
3764 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree:");
3765 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3767 spa_load_failed(spa
, "config was already "
3768 "provided from MOS. Aborting.");
3769 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
3770 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3772 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa must be reloaded using MOS "
3774 return (SET_ERROR(EAGAIN
));
3778 error
= spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa
);
3780 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
, ENXIO
));
3782 if (rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
!= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
) {
3783 spa_load_failed(spa
, "uberblock guid sum doesn't match MOS "
3784 "guid sum (%llu != %llu)",
3785 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
,
3786 (u_longlong_t
)rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
);
3787 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
,
3795 spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
3798 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3801 * Everything that we read before spa_remove_init() must be stored
3802 * on concreted vdevs. Therefore we do this as early as possible.
3804 error
= spa_remove_init(spa
);
3806 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_remove_init failed [error=%d]",
3808 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3812 * Retrieve information needed to condense indirect vdev mappings.
3814 error
= spa_condense_init(spa
);
3816 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_condense_init failed [error=%d]",
3818 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
3825 spa_ld_check_features(spa_t
*spa
, boolean_t
*missing_feat_writep
)
3828 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3830 if (spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3831 boolean_t missing_feat_read
= B_FALSE
;
3832 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
, *enabled_feat
;
3834 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
3835 &spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3836 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3839 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE
,
3840 &spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3841 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3844 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS
,
3845 &spa
->spa_feat_desc_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3846 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3849 enabled_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
3850 unsup_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
3852 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_FALSE
,
3853 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
))
3854 missing_feat_read
= B_TRUE
;
3856 if (spa_writeable(spa
) ||
3857 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
3858 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_TRUE
,
3859 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
)) {
3860 *missing_feat_writep
= B_TRUE
;
3864 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3865 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT
, enabled_feat
);
3867 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
3868 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3869 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
);
3872 fnvlist_free(enabled_feat
);
3873 fnvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3875 if (!missing_feat_read
) {
3876 fnvlist_add_boolean(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3877 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY
);
3881 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
3882 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
3883 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
3884 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
3885 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
3886 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
3887 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
3888 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
3889 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
3890 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
3891 * available for open in read-only mode.
3893 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
3894 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
3895 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
3896 * userland in order to know whether to display the
3897 * abovementioned note.
3899 if (missing_feat_read
|| (*missing_feat_writep
&&
3900 spa_writeable(spa
))) {
3901 spa_load_failed(spa
, "pool uses unsupported features");
3902 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
3907 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
3908 * cache during SPA initialization.
3910 for (spa_feature_t i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
3913 error
= feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa
,
3914 &spa_feature_table
[i
], &refcount
);
3916 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] = refcount
;
3917 } else if (error
== ENOTSUP
) {
3918 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] =
3919 SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED
;
3921 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error getting refcount "
3922 "for feature %s [error=%d]",
3923 spa_feature_table
[i
].fi_guid
, error
);
3924 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
3925 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3930 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
)) {
3931 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
,
3932 &spa
->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
3933 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3937 * Encryption was added before bookmark_v2, even though bookmark_v2
3938 * is now a dependency. If this pool has encryption enabled without
3939 * bookmark_v2, trigger an errata message.
3941 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION
) &&
3942 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_BOOKMARK_V2
)) {
3943 spa
->spa_errata
= ZPOOL_ERRATA_ZOL_8308_ENCRYPTION
;
3950 spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa_t
*spa
)
3953 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3955 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
3956 error
= dsl_pool_open(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
3957 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
3959 spa_load_failed(spa
, "dsl_pool_open failed [error=%d]", error
);
3960 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3967 spa_ld_get_props(spa_t
*spa
)
3971 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3973 /* Grab the checksum salt from the MOS. */
3974 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
3975 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
3976 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
3977 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
);
3978 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
3979 /* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
3980 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
3981 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
3982 } else if (error
!= 0) {
3983 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checksum salt from "
3984 "MOS [error=%d]", error
);
3985 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3988 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
, &obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
3989 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3990 error
= bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
);
3992 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error opening deferred-frees bpobj "
3993 "[error=%d]", error
);
3994 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3998 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
3999 * (raid-z deflation). If we have an older pool, this will not
4002 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
, &spa
->spa_deflate
, B_FALSE
);
4003 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4004 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4006 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
4007 &spa
->spa_creation_version
, B_FALSE
);
4008 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4009 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4012 * Load the persistent error log. If we have an older pool, this will
4015 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST
, &spa
->spa_errlog_last
,
4017 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4018 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4020 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB
,
4021 &spa
->spa_errlog_scrub
, B_FALSE
);
4022 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4023 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4026 * Load the livelist deletion field. If a livelist is queued for
4027 * deletion, indicate that in the spa
4029 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES
,
4030 &spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
, B_FALSE
);
4031 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4032 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4035 * Load the history object. If we have an older pool, this
4036 * will not be present.
4038 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_HISTORY
, &spa
->spa_history
, B_FALSE
);
4039 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4040 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4043 * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not
4044 * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to
4045 * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See
4046 * spa_sync_config_object.
4049 /* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */
4050 nvlist_t
*mos_config
;
4051 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
) != 0) {
4052 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
4053 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4056 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
4057 &spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, B_FALSE
);
4059 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
4060 VERIFY(!nvlist_exists(mos_config
,
4061 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
4062 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
;
4063 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
4064 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4065 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4066 } else if (!nvlist_exists(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
)) {
4068 * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so
4069 * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their
4070 * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object.
4072 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
;
4074 * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created
4075 * before this. Better be sure of it.
4077 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
4079 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
4081 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
4083 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
, &spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
4085 if (error
&& error
!= ENOENT
)
4086 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4089 uint64_t autoreplace
;
4091 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
, &spa
->spa_bootfs
);
4092 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
, &autoreplace
);
4093 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
, &spa
->spa_delegation
);
4094 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
, &spa
->spa_failmode
);
4095 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
, &spa
->spa_autoexpand
);
4096 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
, &spa
->spa_multihost
);
4097 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
, &spa
->spa_autotrim
);
4098 spa
->spa_autoreplace
= (autoreplace
!= 0);
4102 * If we are importing a pool with missing top-level vdevs,
4103 * we enforce that the pool doesn't panic or get suspended on
4104 * error since the likelihood of missing data is extremely high.
4106 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
> 0 &&
4107 spa
->spa_failmode
!= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
&&
4108 spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4109 spa_load_note(spa
, "forcing failmode to 'continue' "
4110 "as some top level vdevs are missing");
4111 spa
->spa_failmode
= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
;
4118 spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
4121 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4124 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
4125 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
4130 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
4132 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
, &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
4134 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4135 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4136 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4137 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
4138 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
4139 &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) != 0) {
4140 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading spares nvlist");
4141 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4144 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4145 spa_load_spares(spa
);
4146 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4147 } else if (error
== 0) {
4148 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
4152 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
4154 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
,
4155 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
, B_FALSE
);
4156 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4157 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4158 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4159 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
);
4160 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
,
4161 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) != 0) {
4162 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading l2cache nvlist");
4163 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4166 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4167 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
4168 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4169 } else if (error
== 0) {
4170 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
4177 spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
4180 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4183 * If the 'multihost' property is set, then never allow a pool to
4184 * be imported when the system hostid is zero. The exception to
4185 * this rule is zdb which is always allowed to access pools.
4187 if (spa_multihost(spa
) && spa_get_hostid(spa
) == 0 &&
4188 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
) == 0) {
4189 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4190 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
4191 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
4195 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
4196 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
4197 * devices. We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
4198 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
4201 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
&& spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4202 spa_check_removed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4204 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
4205 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
4206 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
4208 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
) {
4209 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
4210 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
4215 * Load the vdev metadata such as metaslabs, DTLs, spacemap object, etc.
4217 error
= vdev_load(rvd
);
4219 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4220 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4223 error
= spa_ld_log_spacemaps(spa
);
4225 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_ld_log_sm_data failed [error=%d]",
4227 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4231 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the vdev tree.
4233 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4234 vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd
, 0, 0, B_FALSE
);
4235 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4241 spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa_t
*spa
)
4244 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4246 error
= ddt_load(spa
);
4248 spa_load_failed(spa
, "ddt_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4249 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4256 spa_ld_verify_logs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
)
4258 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4260 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa_writeable(spa
)) {
4261 boolean_t missing
= spa_check_logs(spa
);
4263 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
4264 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed "
4265 "so dropping the logs");
4267 *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY
;
4268 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed");
4269 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG
,
4279 spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa_t
*spa
)
4282 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4285 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
4286 * to start pushing transactions.
4288 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4289 error
= spa_load_verify(spa
);
4291 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_load_verify failed "
4292 "[error=%d]", error
);
4293 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
4302 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa_t
*spa
)
4305 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
4308 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
4309 * This must all happen in a single txg.
4310 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
4311 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
4312 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
4314 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_TRUE
;
4316 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, spa_first_txg(spa
));
4317 (void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
4318 zil_claim
, tx
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
4321 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_FALSE
;
4323 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_GOOD
);
4327 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t config_cache_txg
,
4328 boolean_t update_config_cache
)
4330 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4331 int need_update
= B_FALSE
;
4334 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
4335 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
4337 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
4338 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
4340 if (update_config_cache
|| config_cache_txg
!= spa
->spa_config_txg
||
4341 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
4342 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
4343 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
))
4344 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
4346 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
4347 if (rvd
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ms_array
== 0)
4348 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
4351 * Update the config cache asynchronously in case we're the
4352 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
4355 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
4359 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa_t
*spa
)
4361 int mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
4362 int async_suspended
= spa
->spa_async_suspended
;
4365 spa_deactivate(spa
);
4366 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
4369 * We save the value of spa_async_suspended as it gets reset to 0 by
4370 * spa_unload(). We want to restore it back to the original value before
4371 * returning as we might be calling spa_async_resume() later.
4373 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= async_suspended
;
4377 spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa_t
*spa
)
4379 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
4382 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
);
4383 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4385 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4386 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
4387 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
4389 if (error
== ENOENT
)
4395 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, !=, 0);
4396 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
, !=, 0);
4397 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
, !=, 0);
4398 spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
= checkpoint
.ub_txg
;
4399 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_timestamp
= checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
;
4405 spa_ld_mos_init(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
4409 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4410 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
4413 * Never trust the config that is provided unless we are assembling
4414 * a pool following a split.
4415 * This means don't trust blkptrs and the vdev tree in general. This
4416 * also effectively puts the spa in read-only mode since
4417 * spa_writeable() checks for spa_trust_config to be true.
4418 * We will later load a trusted config from the MOS.
4420 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
4421 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_FALSE
;
4424 * Parse the config provided to create a vdev tree.
4426 error
= spa_ld_parse_config(spa
, type
);
4430 spa_import_progress_add(spa
);
4433 * Now that we have the vdev tree, try to open each vdev. This involves
4434 * opening the underlying physical device, retrieving its geometry and
4435 * probing the vdev with a dummy I/O. The state of each vdev will be set
4436 * based on the success of those operations. After this we'll be ready
4437 * to read from the vdevs.
4439 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
4444 * Read the label of each vdev and make sure that the GUIDs stored
4445 * there match the GUIDs in the config provided.
4446 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
4447 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
4448 * validation for now.
4450 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4451 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
4457 * Read all vdev labels to find the best uberblock (i.e. latest,
4458 * unless spa_load_max_txg is set) and store it in spa_uberblock. We
4459 * get the list of features required to read blkptrs in the MOS from
4460 * the vdev label with the best uberblock and verify that our version
4461 * of zfs supports them all.
4463 error
= spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa
, type
);
4468 * Pass that uberblock to the dsl_pool layer which will open the root
4469 * blkptr. This blkptr points to the latest version of the MOS and will
4470 * allow us to read its contents.
4472 error
= spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa
);
4480 spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa_t
*spa
)
4482 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
4485 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4486 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4488 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4489 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
4490 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
4493 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checkpointed "
4494 "uberblock from the MOS config [error=%d]", error
);
4496 if (error
== ENOENT
)
4497 error
= ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
;
4502 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, <, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
);
4503 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, ==, checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
4506 * We need to update the txg and timestamp of the checkpointed
4507 * uberblock to be higher than the latest one. This ensures that
4508 * the checkpointed uberblock is selected if we were to close and
4509 * reopen the pool right after we've written it in the vdev labels.
4510 * (also see block comment in vdev_uberblock_compare)
4512 checkpoint
.ub_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
+ 1;
4513 checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
= gethrestime_sec();
4516 * Set current uberblock to be the checkpointed uberblock.
4518 spa
->spa_uberblock
= checkpoint
;
4521 * If we are doing a normal rewind, then the pool is open for
4522 * writing and we sync the "updated" checkpointed uberblock to
4523 * disk. Once this is done, we've basically rewound the whole
4524 * pool and there is no way back.
4526 * There are cases when we don't want to attempt and sync the
4527 * checkpointed uberblock to disk because we are opening a
4528 * pool as read-only. Specifically, verifying the checkpointed
4529 * state with zdb, and importing the checkpointed state to get
4530 * a "preview" of its content.
4532 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
4533 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4535 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4536 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
4538 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
4539 int c0
= spa_get_random(children
);
4541 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
4542 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
4544 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
4545 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
4548 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 || vd
->vdev_islog
||
4549 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
4552 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
4553 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
4556 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, spa
->spa_first_txg
);
4558 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
4559 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4562 spa_load_failed(spa
, "failed to write checkpointed "
4563 "uberblock to the vdev labels [error=%d]", error
);
4572 spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
4573 boolean_t
*update_config_cache
)
4578 * Parse the config for pool, open and validate vdevs,
4579 * select an uberblock, and use that uberblock to open
4582 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
4587 * Retrieve the trusted config stored in the MOS and use it to create
4588 * a new, exact version of the vdev tree, then reopen all vdevs.
4590 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_FALSE
);
4591 if (error
== EAGAIN
) {
4592 if (update_config_cache
!= NULL
)
4593 *update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
4596 * Redo the loading process with the trusted config if it is
4597 * too different from the untrusted config.
4599 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
4600 spa_load_note(spa
, "RELOADING");
4601 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
4605 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_TRUE
);
4609 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4617 * Load an existing storage pool, using the config provided. This config
4618 * describes which vdevs are part of the pool and is later validated against
4619 * partial configs present in each vdev's label and an entire copy of the
4620 * config stored in the MOS.
4623 spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
)
4626 boolean_t missing_feat_write
= B_FALSE
;
4627 boolean_t checkpoint_rewind
=
4628 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4629 boolean_t update_config_cache
= B_FALSE
;
4631 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4632 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
4634 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING");
4636 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, &update_config_cache
);
4641 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint then we need to repeat
4642 * everything we've done so far in this function but this time
4643 * selecting the checkpointed uberblock and using that to open
4646 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
4648 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint update config cache
4651 update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
4654 * Extract the checkpointed uberblock from the current MOS
4655 * and use this as the pool's uberblock from now on. If the
4656 * pool is imported as writeable we also write the checkpoint
4657 * uberblock to the labels, making the rewind permanent.
4659 error
= spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa
);
4664 * Redo the loading process again with the
4665 * checkpointed uberblock.
4667 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
4668 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING checkpointed uberblock");
4669 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, NULL
);
4675 * Retrieve the checkpoint txg if the pool has a checkpoint.
4677 error
= spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa
);
4682 * Retrieve the mapping of indirect vdevs. Those vdevs were removed
4683 * from the pool and their contents were re-mapped to other vdevs. Note
4684 * that everything that we read before this step must have been
4685 * rewritten on concrete vdevs after the last device removal was
4686 * initiated. Otherwise we could be reading from indirect vdevs before
4687 * we have loaded their mappings.
4689 error
= spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa
);
4694 * Retrieve the full list of active features from the MOS and check if
4695 * they are all supported.
4697 error
= spa_ld_check_features(spa
, &missing_feat_write
);
4702 * Load several special directories from the MOS needed by the dsl_pool
4705 error
= spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa
);
4710 * Retrieve pool properties from the MOS.
4712 error
= spa_ld_get_props(spa
);
4717 * Retrieve the list of auxiliary devices - cache devices and spares -
4720 error
= spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa
, type
);
4725 * Load the metadata for all vdevs. Also check if unopenable devices
4726 * should be autoreplaced.
4728 error
= spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa
);
4732 error
= spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa
);
4737 * Verify the logs now to make sure we don't have any unexpected errors
4738 * when we claim log blocks later.
4740 error
= spa_ld_verify_logs(spa
, type
, ereport
);
4744 if (missing_feat_write
) {
4745 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
4748 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
4749 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
4750 * information and can return to userland.
4752 return (spa_vdev_err(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
4757 * Traverse the last txgs to make sure the pool was left off in a safe
4758 * state. When performing an extreme rewind, we verify the whole pool,
4759 * which can take a very long time.
4761 error
= spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa
);
4766 * Calculate the deflated space for the pool. This must be done before
4767 * we write anything to the pool because we'd need to update the space
4768 * accounting using the deflated sizes.
4770 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
4773 * We have now retrieved all the information we needed to open the
4774 * pool. If we are importing the pool in read-write mode, a few
4775 * additional steps must be performed to finish the import.
4777 if (spa_writeable(spa
) && (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
4778 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
== UINT64_MAX
)) {
4779 uint64_t config_cache_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
4781 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
4784 * In case of a checkpoint rewind, log the original txg
4785 * of the checkpointed uberblock.
4787 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
4788 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "checkpoint rewind",
4789 NULL
, "rewound state to txg=%llu",
4790 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
4794 * Traverse the ZIL and claim all blocks.
4796 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa
);
4799 * Kick-off the syncing thread.
4801 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
4802 txg_sync_start(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4803 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
4806 * Wait for all claims to sync. We sync up to the highest
4807 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
4808 * don't appear to be from the future. spa_claim_max_txg
4809 * will have been set for us by ZIL traversal operations
4812 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
);
4815 * Check if we need to request an update of the config. On the
4816 * next sync, we would update the config stored in vdev labels
4817 * and the cachefile (by default /etc/zfs/zpool.cache).
4819 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa
, config_cache_txg
,
4820 update_config_cache
);
4823 * Check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
4825 if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) &&
4826 vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
))
4827 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
);
4830 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
4831 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
4833 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "open", NULL
);
4835 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
4836 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
4839 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
4842 * Since we may be issuing deletes for clones here,
4843 * we make sure to do so after we've spawned all the
4844 * auxiliary threads above (from which the livelist
4845 * deletion zthr is part of).
4847 (void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
),
4848 dsl_destroy_inconsistent
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
4851 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
4853 dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4855 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
4856 vdev_initialize_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4857 vdev_trim_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4858 vdev_autotrim_restart(spa
);
4859 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
4862 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
4863 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADED");
4869 spa_load_retry(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
)
4871 int mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
4874 spa_deactivate(spa
);
4876 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
- 1;
4878 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
4879 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
4881 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_retry: rewind, max txg: %llu",
4882 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_load_max_txg
);
4884 return (spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
));
4888 * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
4889 * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
4890 * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
4891 * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
4895 spa_load_best(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, uint64_t max_request
,
4898 nvlist_t
*loadinfo
= NULL
;
4899 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
4900 int load_error
, rewind_error
;
4901 uint64_t safe_rewind_txg
;
4904 if (spa
->spa_load_txg
&& state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
4905 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
;
4906 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
4908 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= max_request
;
4909 if (max_request
!= UINT64_MAX
)
4910 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
4913 load_error
= rewind_error
= spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
4914 if (load_error
== 0)
4916 if (load_error
== ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
) {
4918 * When attempting checkpoint-rewind on a pool with no
4919 * checkpoint, we should not attempt to load uberblocks
4920 * from previous txgs when spa_load fails.
4922 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4923 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
4924 return (load_error
);
4927 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
)
4928 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
4930 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
4931 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
4933 if (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
) {
4934 nvlist_free(config
);
4935 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
4936 return (load_error
);
4939 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
4940 /* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
4941 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
4944 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
4945 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
4948 loadinfo
= spa
->spa_load_info
;
4949 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
4952 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
;
4953 safe_rewind_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
- TXG_DEFER_SIZE
;
4954 min_txg
= (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND
) ?
4955 TXG_INITIAL
: safe_rewind_txg
;
4958 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
4959 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
4961 while (rewind_error
&& spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
>= min_txg
&&
4962 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
<= spa
->spa_load_max_txg
) {
4963 if (spa
->spa_load_max_txg
< safe_rewind_txg
)
4964 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
4965 rewind_error
= spa_load_retry(spa
, state
);
4968 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_FALSE
;
4969 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= UINT64_MAX
;
4971 if (config
&& (rewind_error
|| state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
))
4972 spa_config_set(spa
, config
);
4974 nvlist_free(config
);
4976 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
4977 ASSERT3P(loadinfo
, ==, NULL
);
4978 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
4979 return (rewind_error
);
4981 /* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
4982 fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO
,
4983 spa
->spa_load_info
);
4985 /* Restore the initial load info */
4986 fnvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
4987 spa
->spa_load_info
= loadinfo
;
4989 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
4990 return (load_error
);
4997 * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
4998 * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache. For the
4999 * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
5000 * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
5002 * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
5003 * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
5007 spa_open_common(const char *pool
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
, nvlist_t
*nvpolicy
,
5011 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_OPEN
;
5013 int locked
= B_FALSE
;
5014 int firstopen
= B_FALSE
;
5019 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
5020 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
5021 * up calling spa_open() again. The real fix is to figure out how to
5022 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
5024 if (MUTEX_NOT_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
)) {
5025 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5029 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
5031 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5032 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
5035 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
5036 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
5040 zpool_get_load_policy(nvpolicy
? nvpolicy
: spa
->spa_config
,
5042 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
5043 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
5045 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
5047 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
)
5048 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5049 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
5051 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_open_common: opening %s", pool
);
5052 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
,
5055 if (error
== EBADF
) {
5057 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
5058 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
5059 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed. If
5060 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
5061 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
5064 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5065 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
5068 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5069 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
5074 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
5075 * information: the state of each vdev after the
5076 * attempted vdev_open(). Return this to the user.
5078 if (config
!= NULL
&& spa
->spa_config
) {
5079 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
, config
,
5081 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config
,
5082 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5083 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
5086 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5087 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= error
;
5089 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5095 spa_open_ref(spa
, tag
);
5098 *config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
5101 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
5102 * gathered while doing the load.
5104 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5105 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5106 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
5110 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= 0;
5111 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= 0;
5112 spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5113 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5117 zvol_create_minors(spa
, spa_name(spa
), B_TRUE
);
5125 spa_open_rewind(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
, nvlist_t
*policy
,
5128 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, policy
, config
));
5132 spa_open(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
)
5134 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, NULL
, NULL
));
5138 * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
5139 * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
5142 spa_inject_addref(char *name
)
5146 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5147 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(name
)) == NULL
) {
5148 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5151 spa
->spa_inject_ref
++;
5152 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5158 spa_inject_delref(spa_t
*spa
)
5160 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5161 spa
->spa_inject_ref
--;
5162 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5166 * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
5169 spa_add_spares(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5179 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5181 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
== 0)
5184 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
5185 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvroot
) == 0);
5186 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5187 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
5189 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5190 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
5191 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5192 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
5195 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
5196 * repurposed as an active spare. If this is the case, update
5197 * their status appropriately.
5199 for (i
= 0; i
< nspares
; i
++) {
5200 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares
[i
],
5201 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
, &guid
) == 0);
5202 if (spa_spare_exists(guid
, &pool
, NULL
) &&
5204 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(
5205 spares
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
,
5206 (uint64_t **)&vs
, &vsc
) == 0);
5207 vs
->vs_state
= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
;
5208 vs
->vs_aux
= VDEV_AUX_SPARED
;
5215 * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
5218 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5221 uint_t i
, j
, nl2cache
;
5228 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5230 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
== 0)
5233 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
5234 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvroot
) == 0);
5235 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5236 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
5237 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
5238 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5239 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
5240 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5241 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
5244 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
5247 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
5248 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
],
5249 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
, &guid
) == 0);
5252 for (j
= 0; j
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; j
++) {
5254 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
]->vdev_guid
) {
5255 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
];
5261 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache
[i
],
5262 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
, (uint64_t **)&vs
, &vsc
)
5264 vdev_get_stats(vd
, vs
);
5265 vdev_config_generate_stats(vd
, l2cache
[i
]);
5272 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
5277 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
!= 0) {
5278 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5279 spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
);
5280 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
5281 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
5282 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5283 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
5284 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
5285 za
.za_first_integer
));
5287 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
5290 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
!= 0) {
5291 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5292 spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
);
5293 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
5294 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
5295 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5296 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
5297 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
5298 za
.za_first_integer
));
5300 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
5305 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
5309 for (i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
5310 zfeature_info_t feature
= spa_feature_table
[i
];
5313 if (feature_get_refcount(spa
, &feature
, &refcount
) != 0)
5316 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, feature
.fi_guid
, refcount
));
5321 * Store a list of pool features and their reference counts in the
5324 * The first time this is called on a spa, allocate a new nvlist, fetch
5325 * the pool features and reference counts from disk, then save the list
5326 * in the spa. In subsequent calls on the same spa use the saved nvlist
5327 * and refresh its values from the cached reference counts. This
5328 * ensures we don't block here on I/O on a suspended pool so 'zpool
5329 * clear' can resume the pool.
5332 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5336 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5338 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
5339 features
= spa
->spa_feat_stats
;
5341 if (features
!= NULL
) {
5342 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa
, features
);
5344 VERIFY0(nvlist_alloc(&features
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
));
5345 spa
->spa_feat_stats
= features
;
5346 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa
, features
);
5349 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS
,
5352 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
5356 spa_get_stats(const char *name
, nvlist_t
**config
,
5357 char *altroot
, size_t buflen
)
5363 error
= spa_open_common(name
, &spa
, FTAG
, NULL
, config
);
5367 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
5368 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
5369 * self-inconsistent.
5371 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
5373 if (*config
!= NULL
) {
5374 uint64_t loadtimes
[2];
5376 loadtimes
[0] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
;
5377 loadtimes
[1] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
;
5378 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config
,
5379 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME
, loadtimes
, 2) == 0);
5381 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5382 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT
,
5383 spa_get_errlog_size(spa
)) == 0);
5385 if (spa_suspended(spa
)) {
5386 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5387 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED
,
5388 spa
->spa_failmode
) == 0);
5389 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5390 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED_REASON
,
5391 spa
->spa_suspended
) == 0);
5394 spa_add_spares(spa
, *config
);
5395 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, *config
);
5396 spa_add_feature_stats(spa
, *config
);
5401 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
5402 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
5406 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5407 spa
= spa_lookup(name
);
5409 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
5413 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5415 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
5420 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
5421 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
5428 * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed. We must have an
5429 * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev. If this is an
5430 * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
5431 * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
5434 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
,
5435 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, const char *config
, uint64_t version
,
5436 vdev_labeltype_t label
)
5443 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
5446 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
5448 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, &dev
, &ndev
) != 0)
5452 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
5455 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
5458 if (spa_version(spa
) < version
)
5459 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
5462 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
5465 sav
->sav_pending
= dev
;
5466 sav
->sav_npending
= ndev
;
5468 for (i
= 0; i
< ndev
; i
++) {
5469 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, dev
[i
], NULL
, 0,
5473 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
5475 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
5481 if ((error
= vdev_open(vd
)) == 0 &&
5482 (error
= vdev_label_init(vd
, crtxg
, label
)) == 0) {
5483 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
5484 vd
->vdev_guid
) == 0);
5490 (mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
&& mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
))
5497 sav
->sav_pending
= NULL
;
5498 sav
->sav_npending
= 0;
5503 spa_validate_aux(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
)
5507 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
5509 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
5510 &spa
->spa_spares
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, SPA_VERSION_SPARES
,
5511 VDEV_LABEL_SPARE
)) != 0) {
5515 return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
5516 &spa
->spa_l2cache
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
,
5517 VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE
));
5521 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, nvlist_t
**devs
, int ndevs
,
5526 if (sav
->sav_config
!= NULL
) {
5532 * Generate new dev list by concatenating with the
5535 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5536 &olddevs
, &oldndevs
) == 0);
5538 newdevs
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
5539 (ndevs
+ oldndevs
), KM_SLEEP
);
5540 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
; i
++)
5541 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs
[i
], &newdevs
[i
],
5543 for (i
= 0; i
< ndevs
; i
++)
5544 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs
[i
], &newdevs
[i
+ oldndevs
],
5547 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5548 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
5550 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
5551 config
, newdevs
, ndevs
+ oldndevs
) == 0);
5552 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
+ ndevs
; i
++)
5553 nvlist_free(newdevs
[i
]);
5554 kmem_free(newdevs
, (oldndevs
+ ndevs
) * sizeof (void *));
5557 * Generate a new dev list.
5559 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav
->sav_config
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
,
5561 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5567 * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
5570 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t
*spa
)
5574 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
5576 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
5579 vd
= sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
];
5582 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
5583 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
5584 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
5589 * Verify encryption parameters for spa creation. If we are encrypting, we must
5590 * have the encryption feature flag enabled.
5593 spa_create_check_encryption_params(dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
,
5594 boolean_t has_encryption
)
5596 if (dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_OFF
&&
5597 dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_INHERIT
&&
5599 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
5601 return (dmu_objset_create_crypt_check(NULL
, dcp
, NULL
));
5608 spa_create(const char *pool
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, nvlist_t
*props
,
5609 nvlist_t
*zplprops
, dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
)
5612 char *altroot
= NULL
;
5617 uint64_t txg
= TXG_INITIAL
;
5618 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
5619 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
5620 uint64_t version
, obj
;
5621 boolean_t has_features
;
5622 boolean_t has_encryption
;
5623 boolean_t has_allocclass
;
5629 if (props
== NULL
||
5630 nvlist_lookup_string(props
, "tname", &poolname
) != 0)
5631 poolname
= (char *)pool
;
5634 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
5636 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5637 if (spa_lookup(poolname
) != NULL
) {
5638 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5639 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
5643 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
5645 nvl
= fnvlist_alloc();
5646 fnvlist_add_string(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, pool
);
5647 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
5648 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
5649 spa
= spa_add(poolname
, nvl
, altroot
);
5651 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
5653 if (props
&& (error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, props
))) {
5654 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5656 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5661 * Temporary pool names should never be written to disk.
5663 if (poolname
!= pool
)
5664 spa
->spa_import_flags
|= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME
;
5666 has_features
= B_FALSE
;
5667 has_encryption
= B_FALSE
;
5668 has_allocclass
= B_FALSE
;
5669 for (nvpair_t
*elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, NULL
);
5670 elem
!= NULL
; elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) {
5671 if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
5672 has_features
= B_TRUE
;
5674 feat_name
= strchr(nvpair_name(elem
), '@') + 1;
5675 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(feat_name
, &feat
));
5676 if (feat
== SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION
)
5677 has_encryption
= B_TRUE
;
5678 if (feat
== SPA_FEATURE_ALLOCATION_CLASSES
)
5679 has_allocclass
= B_TRUE
;
5683 /* verify encryption params, if they were provided */
5685 error
= spa_create_check_encryption_params(dcp
, has_encryption
);
5687 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5689 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5693 if (!has_allocclass
&& zfs_special_devs(nvroot
)) {
5694 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5696 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5700 if (has_features
|| nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
5701 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
), &version
) != 0) {
5702 version
= SPA_VERSION
;
5704 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
5706 spa
->spa_first_txg
= txg
;
5707 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
= txg
- 1;
5708 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
5709 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
5710 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_CREATE
;
5711 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_state
= DSS_NONE
;
5712 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_removing_vdev
= -1;
5713 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
= -1;
5714 spa
->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded
= B_TRUE
;
5717 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
5719 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
5721 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
5722 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
5723 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
5724 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
5728 * Create the root vdev.
5730 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5732 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
);
5734 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || rvd
!= NULL
);
5735 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
5737 if (error
== 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot
))
5738 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
5741 (error
= vdev_create(rvd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) == 0 &&
5742 (error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
,
5743 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) == 0) {
5745 * instantiate the metaslab groups (this will dirty the vdevs)
5746 * we can no longer error exit past this point
5748 for (int c
= 0; error
== 0 && c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
5749 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
5751 vdev_metaslab_set_size(vd
);
5752 vdev_expand(vd
, txg
);
5756 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5760 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5762 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5767 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
5769 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
5770 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
5771 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
,
5773 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5774 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
5775 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5776 spa_load_spares(spa
);
5777 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5778 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5782 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
5784 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
5785 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
5786 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5787 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
5788 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5789 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
5790 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5791 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
5792 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5793 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5796 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
5797 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= dp
= dsl_pool_create(spa
, zplprops
, dcp
, txg
);
5798 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
5801 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
5805 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
5807 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
5810 * Create the pool's history object.
5812 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY
&& !spa
->spa_history
)
5813 spa_history_create_obj(spa
, tx
);
5815 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE
);
5816 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "create", tx
);
5819 * Create the pool config object.
5821 spa
->spa_config_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5822 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
,
5823 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
, sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
5825 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5826 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
,
5827 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_config_object
, tx
) != 0) {
5828 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool config");
5831 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5832 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
5833 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version
, tx
) != 0) {
5834 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool version");
5837 /* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
5838 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
5839 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
5840 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5841 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
5842 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
) != 0) {
5843 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add deflate");
5848 * Create the deferred-free bpobj. Turn off compression
5849 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
5852 obj
= bpobj_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, 1 << 14, tx
);
5853 dmu_object_set_compress(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
,
5854 ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF
, tx
);
5855 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5856 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
,
5857 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj
, tx
) != 0) {
5858 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add bpobj");
5860 VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
5861 spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
));
5864 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
5866 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
5867 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
5870 * Set pool properties.
5872 spa
->spa_bootfs
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
);
5873 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
5874 spa
->spa_failmode
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
);
5875 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
);
5876 spa
->spa_multihost
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
);
5877 spa
->spa_autotrim
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
);
5879 if (props
!= NULL
) {
5880 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
5881 spa_sync_props(props
, tx
);
5886 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
5888 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
5889 txg_wait_synced(dp
, txg
);
5891 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
5893 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
5896 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
5897 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
5899 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
5900 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
5901 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
5903 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5909 * Import a non-root pool into the system.
5912 spa_import(char *pool
, nvlist_t
*config
, nvlist_t
*props
, uint64_t flags
)
5915 char *altroot
= NULL
;
5916 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
;
5917 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
5918 uint64_t mode
= spa_mode_global
;
5919 uint64_t readonly
= B_FALSE
;
5922 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
5923 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
5926 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
5928 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5929 if (spa_lookup(pool
) != NULL
) {
5930 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5931 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
5935 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
5937 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
5938 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
5939 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
5940 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
), &readonly
);
5943 spa
= spa_add(pool
, config
, altroot
);
5944 spa
->spa_import_flags
= flags
;
5947 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
5948 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
5950 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
) {
5952 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
5954 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
5955 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
5956 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: verbatim import of %s", pool
);
5957 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5961 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
5964 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
5966 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
5968 zpool_get_load_policy(config
, &policy
);
5969 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
5970 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
5972 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_TRYIMPORT
;
5974 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5975 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5976 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s", pool
);
5978 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s, max_txg=%lld "
5979 "(RECOVERY MODE)", pool
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
5981 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
, policy
.zlp_rewind
);
5984 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
5985 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
5987 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5988 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
5990 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5992 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
5993 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
5995 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
5996 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
5997 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
5998 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6000 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
6001 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
6002 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
6003 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6006 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
,
6008 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6011 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
6013 if (error
!= 0 || (props
&& spa_writeable(spa
) &&
6014 (error
= spa_prop_set(spa
, props
)))) {
6016 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6018 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6022 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6025 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
6026 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
6028 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
6029 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
6030 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
)
6031 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6032 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
6034 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6035 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
6036 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6037 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
6038 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6039 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6040 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6041 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6043 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
6044 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
6045 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
)
6046 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6047 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
6049 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6050 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
6051 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6052 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
6053 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6054 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6055 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6056 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6060 * Check for any removed devices.
6062 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
) {
6063 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
6064 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
6067 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
6069 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
6071 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
6075 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
6076 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
6078 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
6080 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "import", NULL
);
6082 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
6084 zvol_create_minors(spa
, pool
, B_TRUE
);
6086 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6092 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t
*tryconfig
)
6094 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
6095 char *poolname
, *cachefile
;
6099 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
6101 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, &poolname
))
6104 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
))
6108 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
6110 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6111 spa
= spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME
, tryconfig
, NULL
);
6112 spa_activate(spa
, FREAD
);
6115 * Rewind pool if a max txg was provided.
6117 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
6118 if (policy
.zlp_txg
!= UINT64_MAX
) {
6119 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= policy
.zlp_txg
;
6120 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
6121 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s, max_txg=%lld",
6122 poolname
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
6124 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s", poolname
);
6127 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CACHEFILE
, &cachefile
)
6129 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: using cachefile '%s'", cachefile
);
6130 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
6132 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
;
6135 error
= spa_load(spa
, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
6138 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
6140 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
6141 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
6142 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
,
6144 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
,
6146 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
6147 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
) == 0);
6148 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
6149 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
6150 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRATA
,
6151 spa
->spa_errata
) == 0);
6154 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
6155 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
6156 * pools are bootable.
6158 if ((!error
|| error
== EEXIST
) && spa
->spa_bootfs
) {
6159 char *tmpname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
6162 * We have to play games with the name since the
6163 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
6165 if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa
),
6166 spa
->spa_bootfs
, tmpname
) == 0) {
6170 dsname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
6172 cp
= strchr(tmpname
, '/');
6174 (void) strlcpy(dsname
, tmpname
,
6177 (void) snprintf(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
,
6178 "%s/%s", poolname
, ++cp
);
6180 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
,
6181 ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS
, dsname
) == 0);
6182 kmem_free(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
6184 kmem_free(tmpname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
6188 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
6190 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
6191 spa_add_spares(spa
, config
);
6192 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, config
);
6193 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
6197 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6199 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6205 * Pool export/destroy
6207 * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple. We make sure there
6208 * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone. Then, we
6209 * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
6210 * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
6211 * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
6214 spa_export_common(char *pool
, int new_state
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
,
6215 boolean_t force
, boolean_t hardforce
)
6222 if (!(spa_mode_global
& FWRITE
))
6223 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
6225 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6226 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
6227 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6228 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
6231 if (spa
->spa_is_exporting
) {
6232 /* the pool is being exported by another thread */
6233 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6234 return (SET_ERROR(ZFS_ERR_EXPORT_IN_PROGRESS
));
6236 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_TRUE
;
6239 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
6240 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
6242 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
6243 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6244 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
6245 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
6246 zvol_remove_minors(spa
, spa_name(spa
), B_TRUE
);
6247 taskq_wait(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
6249 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6250 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
6252 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
)
6255 * The pool will be in core if it's openable, in which case we can
6256 * modify its state. Objsets may be open only because they're dirty,
6257 * so we have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
6259 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
6260 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
6261 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
6265 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
6266 * references. If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
6267 * fault injection handlers.
6269 if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa
) ||
6270 (spa
->spa_inject_ref
!= 0 &&
6271 new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
)) {
6272 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6273 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6274 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6275 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
6278 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
6280 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
6281 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
6282 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
6283 * be forcedly exported.
6285 if (!force
&& new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
&&
6286 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa
)) {
6287 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6288 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6289 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6290 return (SET_ERROR(EXDEV
));
6294 * We're about to export or destroy this pool. Make sure
6295 * we stop all initialization and trim activity here before
6296 * we set the spa_final_txg. This will ensure that all
6297 * dirty data resulting from the initialization is
6298 * committed to disk before we unload the pool.
6300 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
6301 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6302 vdev_initialize_stop_all(rvd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
6303 vdev_trim_stop_all(rvd
, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
6304 vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa
);
6308 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
6309 * so mark them all dirty. spa_unload() will do the
6310 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
6312 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
&& !hardforce
) {
6313 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6314 spa
->spa_state
= new_state
;
6315 spa
->spa_final_txg
= spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) +
6317 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
6318 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6323 if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
)
6324 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY
);
6325 else if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
)
6326 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_EXPORT
);
6328 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
6330 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6333 if (oldconfig
&& spa
->spa_config
)
6334 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
, oldconfig
, 0) == 0);
6336 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
6338 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
6342 * If spa_remove() is not called for this spa_t and
6343 * there is any possibility that it can be reused,
6344 * we make sure to reset the exporting flag.
6346 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6349 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6354 * Destroy a storage pool.
6357 spa_destroy(char *pool
)
6359 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
, NULL
,
6364 * Export a storage pool.
6367 spa_export(char *pool
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
, boolean_t force
,
6368 boolean_t hardforce
)
6370 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, oldconfig
,
6375 * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
6376 * from the namespace in any way.
6379 spa_reset(char *pool
)
6381 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
, NULL
,
6386 * ==========================================================================
6387 * Device manipulation
6388 * ==========================================================================
6392 * Add a device to a storage pool.
6395 spa_vdev_add(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
)
6399 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6401 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
6402 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
6404 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6406 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
6408 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
6409 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
6410 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6412 spa
->spa_pending_vdev
= vd
; /* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
6414 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
,
6418 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
,
6422 if (vd
->vdev_children
== 0 && nspares
== 0 && nl2cache
== 0)
6423 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6425 if (vd
->vdev_children
!= 0 &&
6426 (error
= vdev_create(vd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) != 0)
6427 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6430 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
6431 * children. Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
6433 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
6434 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6437 * If we are in the middle of a device removal, we can only add
6438 * devices which match the existing devices in the pool.
6439 * If we are in the middle of a removal, or have some indirect
6440 * vdevs, we can not add raidz toplevels.
6442 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
||
6443 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
!= -1) {
6444 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6445 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6446 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
&&
6447 tvd
->vdev_ashift
!= spa
->spa_max_ashift
) {
6448 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6450 /* Fail if top level vdev is raidz */
6451 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_raidz_ops
) {
6452 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6455 * Need the top level mirror to be
6456 * a mirror of leaf vdevs only
6458 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_mirror_ops
) {
6459 for (uint64_t cid
= 0;
6460 cid
< tvd
->vdev_children
; cid
++) {
6461 vdev_t
*cvd
= tvd
->vdev_child
[cid
];
6462 if (!cvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
6463 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
,
6471 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6472 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6473 vdev_remove_child(vd
, tvd
);
6474 tvd
->vdev_id
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
6475 vdev_add_child(rvd
, tvd
);
6476 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
6480 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_spares
, spares
, nspares
,
6481 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
);
6482 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6483 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6486 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
6487 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_l2cache
, l2cache
, nl2cache
,
6488 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
6489 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6490 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6494 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
6495 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
6496 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
6497 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
6498 * can't translate. Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
6499 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
6500 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
6502 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
6503 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
6504 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
6506 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
6508 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6509 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
6510 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD
);
6511 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6517 * Attach a device to a mirror. The arguments are the path to any device
6518 * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device. If the path specifies
6519 * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
6521 * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
6522 * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
6523 * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
6524 * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
6525 * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
6526 * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
6527 * is automatically detached.
6530 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, int replacing
)
6532 uint64_t txg
, dtl_max_txg
;
6533 ASSERTV(vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
6534 vdev_t
*oldvd
, *newvd
, *newrootvd
, *pvd
, *tvd
;
6536 char *oldvdpath
, *newvdpath
;
6540 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6542 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
6544 oldvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
6546 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
6547 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
6548 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
6549 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
6550 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6553 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
)
6554 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
6557 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
6559 if (!oldvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6560 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6562 pvd
= oldvd
->vdev_parent
;
6564 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &newrootvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
6565 VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH
)) != 0)
6566 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6568 if (newrootvd
->vdev_children
!= 1)
6569 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6571 newvd
= newrootvd
->vdev_child
[0];
6573 if (!newvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6574 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6576 if ((error
= vdev_create(newrootvd
, txg
, replacing
)) != 0)
6577 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, error
));
6580 * Spares can't replace logs
6582 if (oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_islog
&& newvd
->vdev_isspare
)
6583 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6587 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
6590 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6591 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_root_ops
)
6592 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6594 pvops
= &vdev_mirror_ops
;
6597 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
6600 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6601 oldvd
->vdev_isspare
&&
6602 !spa_has_spare(spa
, newvd
->vdev_guid
))
6603 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6606 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
6607 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare. Otherwise, we
6608 * want to create a replacing vdev. The user is not allowed to
6609 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
6610 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
6613 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
6614 spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE
) {
6615 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6616 } else if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6617 newvd
->vdev_isspare
!= oldvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
6618 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6621 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
)
6622 pvops
= &vdev_spare_ops
;
6624 pvops
= &vdev_replacing_ops
;
6628 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
6630 if (newvd
->vdev_asize
< vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd
))
6631 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EOVERFLOW
));
6634 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
6635 * than the top-level vdev.
6637 if (newvd
->vdev_ashift
> oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
)
6638 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EDOM
));
6641 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
6642 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
6644 if (strcmp(oldvd
->vdev_path
, newvd
->vdev_path
) == 0) {
6645 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
6646 oldvd
->vdev_path
= kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd
->vdev_path
) + 5,
6648 (void) sprintf(oldvd
->vdev_path
, "%s/%s",
6649 newvd
->vdev_path
, "old");
6650 if (oldvd
->vdev_devid
!= NULL
) {
6651 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_devid
);
6652 oldvd
->vdev_devid
= NULL
;
6656 /* mark the device being resilvered */
6657 newvd
->vdev_resilver_txg
= txg
;
6660 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
6661 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
6663 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= pvops
)
6664 pvd
= vdev_add_parent(oldvd
, pvops
);
6666 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6667 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== pvops
);
6668 ASSERT(oldvd
->vdev_parent
== pvd
);
6671 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
6673 vdev_remove_child(newrootvd
, newvd
);
6674 newvd
->vdev_id
= pvd
->vdev_children
;
6675 newvd
->vdev_crtxg
= oldvd
->vdev_crtxg
;
6676 vdev_add_child(pvd
, newvd
);
6679 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
6681 vdev_propagate_state(pvd
);
6683 tvd
= newvd
->vdev_top
;
6684 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
== tvd
);
6685 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6687 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
6690 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
6691 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks. It will propagate upward when
6692 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
6694 dtl_max_txg
= txg
+ TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES
;
6696 vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
, TXG_INITIAL
,
6697 dtl_max_txg
- TXG_INITIAL
);
6699 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
6700 spa_spare_activate(newvd
);
6701 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE
);
6704 oldvdpath
= spa_strdup(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
6705 newvdpath
= spa_strdup(newvd
->vdev_path
);
6706 newvd_isspare
= newvd
->vdev_isspare
;
6709 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
6711 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, newvd
, txg
);
6714 * Schedule the resilver to restart in the future. We do this to
6715 * ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
6716 * respective datasets. We do not do this if resilvers have been
6719 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa
)) &&
6720 spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
))
6721 vdev_set_deferred_resilver(spa
, newvd
);
6723 dsl_resilver_restart(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, dtl_max_txg
);
6725 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
)
6726 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
6728 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
6733 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, dtl_max_txg
, 0);
6735 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev attach", NULL
,
6736 "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
6737 replacing
&& newvd_isspare
? "spare in" :
6738 replacing
? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath
,
6739 replacing
? "for" : "to", oldvdpath
);
6741 spa_strfree(oldvdpath
);
6742 spa_strfree(newvdpath
);
6748 * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
6750 * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
6751 * is a replacing vdev.
6754 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t pguid
, int replace_done
)
6758 ASSERTV(vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
6759 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *cvd
, *tvd
;
6760 boolean_t unspare
= B_FALSE
;
6761 uint64_t unspare_guid
= 0;
6764 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6766 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
6768 vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
6771 * Besides being called directly from the userland through the
6772 * ioctl interface, spa_vdev_detach() can be potentially called
6773 * at the end of spa_vdev_resilver_done().
6775 * In the regular case, when we have a checkpoint this shouldn't
6776 * happen as we never empty the DTLs of a vdev during the scrub
6777 * [see comment in dsl_scan_done()]. Thus spa_vdev_resilvering_done()
6778 * should never get here when we have a checkpoint.
6780 * That said, even in a case when we checkpoint the pool exactly
6781 * as spa_vdev_resilver_done() calls this function everything
6782 * should be fine as the resilver will return right away.
6784 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
6785 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
6786 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
6787 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
6788 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6792 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
6794 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6795 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6797 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
6800 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
6801 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
6802 * vdev that's replacing B with C. The user's intent in replacing
6803 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C). If the user decides to cancel
6804 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
6805 * M(A,B). But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
6806 * the replacement of B completes. We would have M(A,C), and then
6807 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
6808 * the user wanted. To prevent this, we make sure that the
6809 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
6810 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
6812 if (pvd
->vdev_guid
!= pguid
&& pguid
!= 0)
6813 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
6816 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
6818 if (replace_done
&& pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
6819 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
6820 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6822 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
||
6823 spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
6826 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
6828 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
6829 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6830 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
6831 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6834 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
6835 * we cannot safely detach it.
6837 if (vdev_dtl_required(vd
))
6838 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
6840 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_children
>= 2);
6843 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
6844 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
6845 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach(). If so, undo that change now.
6847 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&& vd
->vdev_id
> 0 &&
6848 vd
->vdev_path
!= NULL
) {
6849 size_t len
= strlen(vd
->vdev_path
);
6851 for (int c
= 0; c
< pvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6852 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6854 if (cvd
== vd
|| cvd
->vdev_path
== NULL
)
6857 if (strncmp(cvd
->vdev_path
, vd
->vdev_path
, len
) == 0 &&
6858 strcmp(cvd
->vdev_path
+ len
, "/old") == 0) {
6859 spa_strfree(cvd
->vdev_path
);
6860 cvd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
);
6867 * If we are detaching the original disk from a spare, then it implies
6868 * that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed from the
6869 * active spare list for the pool.
6871 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6873 pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1]->vdev_isspare
)
6877 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
6878 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
6879 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
6880 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
6881 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
6882 * it's being detached!
6884 error
= vdev_label_init(vd
, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE
);
6887 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
6889 vdev_remove_child(pvd
, vd
);
6890 vdev_compact_children(pvd
);
6893 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
6895 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1];
6898 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
6899 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
6900 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
6901 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID. For a similar
6902 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
6903 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
6904 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
6907 ASSERT(cvd
->vdev_isspare
);
6908 spa_spare_remove(cvd
);
6909 unspare_guid
= cvd
->vdev_guid
;
6910 (void) spa_vdev_remove(spa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
6911 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_TRUE
;
6915 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
6916 * the parent is no longer needed. Remove it from the tree.
6918 if (pvd
->vdev_children
== 1) {
6919 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
)
6920 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_FALSE
;
6921 vdev_remove_parent(cvd
);
6925 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
6926 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
6928 tvd
= cvd
->vdev_top
;
6929 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6932 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
6934 vdev_propagate_state(cvd
);
6937 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
6938 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
6939 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
6940 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
6941 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
6943 if (spa
->spa_autoexpand
) {
6945 vdev_expand(tvd
, txg
);
6948 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
6951 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg. vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
6952 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
6953 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
6954 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
6956 vdpath
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
? vd
->vdev_path
: "none");
6957 for (int t
= 0; t
< TXG_SIZE
; t
++)
6958 (void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd
->vdev_dtl_list
, vd
, t
);
6959 vd
->vdev_detached
= B_TRUE
;
6960 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, vd
, txg
);
6962 spa_event_notify(spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE
);
6963 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
6965 /* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
6966 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
6968 error
= spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
6970 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", NULL
,
6972 spa_strfree(vdpath
);
6975 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
6976 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
6977 * list of every other pool.
6980 spa_t
*altspa
= NULL
;
6982 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6983 while ((altspa
= spa_next(altspa
)) != NULL
) {
6984 if (altspa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
6988 spa_open_ref(altspa
, FTAG
);
6989 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6990 (void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
6991 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6992 spa_close(altspa
, FTAG
);
6994 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6996 /* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
6997 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
7000 /* all done with the spa; OK to release */
7001 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7002 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
7003 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7009 spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7012 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7014 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7016 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
7017 vdev_t
*vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7018 if (vd
== NULL
|| vd
->vdev_detached
) {
7019 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7020 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV
));
7021 } else if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
7022 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7023 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
7024 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd
)) {
7025 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7026 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
7028 mutex_enter(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7029 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7032 * When we activate an initialize action we check to see
7033 * if the vdev_initialize_thread is NULL. We do this instead
7034 * of using the vdev_initialize_state since there might be
7035 * a previous initialization process which has completed but
7036 * the thread is not exited.
7038 if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_START
&&
7039 (vd
->vdev_initialize_thread
!= NULL
||
7040 vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_removing
)) {
7041 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7042 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7043 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL
&&
7044 (vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
&&
7045 vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED
)) {
7046 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7047 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7048 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND
&&
7049 vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
) {
7050 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7051 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7055 case POOL_INITIALIZE_START
:
7056 vdev_initialize(vd
);
7058 case POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL
:
7059 vdev_initialize_stop(vd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_CANCELED
, vd_list
);
7061 case POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND
:
7062 vdev_initialize_stop(vd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED
, vd_list
);
7065 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type
);
7067 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7073 spa_vdev_initialize(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nv
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7074 nvlist_t
*vdev_errlist
)
7076 int total_errors
= 0;
7079 list_create(&vd_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7080 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_initialize_node
));
7083 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
7084 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
7085 * stopping initialization. The config and state locks are held so that
7086 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
7087 * the initializing operation.
7089 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7091 for (nvpair_t
*pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, NULL
);
7092 pair
!= NULL
; pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, pair
)) {
7093 uint64_t vdev_guid
= fnvpair_value_uint64(pair
);
7095 int error
= spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa
, vdev_guid
, cmd_type
,
7098 char guid_as_str
[MAXNAMELEN
];
7100 (void) snprintf(guid_as_str
, sizeof (guid_as_str
),
7101 "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid
);
7102 fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist
, guid_as_str
, error
);
7107 /* Wait for all initialize threads to stop. */
7108 vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_list
);
7110 /* Sync out the initializing state */
7111 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
7112 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7114 list_destroy(&vd_list
);
7116 return (total_errors
);
7120 spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7121 uint64_t rate
, boolean_t partial
, boolean_t secure
, list_t
*vd_list
)
7123 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7125 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7127 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
7128 vdev_t
*vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7129 if (vd
== NULL
|| vd
->vdev_detached
) {
7130 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7131 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV
));
7132 } else if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
7133 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7134 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
7135 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd
)) {
7136 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7137 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
7138 } else if (!vd
->vdev_has_trim
) {
7139 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7140 return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP
));
7141 } else if (secure
&& !vd
->vdev_has_securetrim
) {
7142 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7143 return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP
));
7145 mutex_enter(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7146 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7149 * When we activate a TRIM action we check to see if the
7150 * vdev_trim_thread is NULL. We do this instead of using the
7151 * vdev_trim_state since there might be a previous TRIM process
7152 * which has completed but the thread is not exited.
7154 if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_START
&&
7155 (vd
->vdev_trim_thread
!= NULL
|| vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_removing
)) {
7156 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7157 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7158 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_CANCEL
&&
7159 (vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
&&
7160 vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED
)) {
7161 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7162 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7163 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND
&&
7164 vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
) {
7165 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7166 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7170 case POOL_TRIM_START
:
7171 vdev_trim(vd
, rate
, partial
, secure
);
7173 case POOL_TRIM_CANCEL
:
7174 vdev_trim_stop(vd
, VDEV_TRIM_CANCELED
, vd_list
);
7176 case POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND
:
7177 vdev_trim_stop(vd
, VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED
, vd_list
);
7180 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type
);
7182 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7188 * Initiates a manual TRIM for the requested vdevs. This kicks off individual
7189 * TRIM threads for each child vdev. These threads pass over all of the free
7190 * space in the vdev's metaslabs and issues TRIM commands for that space.
7193 spa_vdev_trim(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nv
, uint64_t cmd_type
, uint64_t rate
,
7194 boolean_t partial
, boolean_t secure
, nvlist_t
*vdev_errlist
)
7196 int total_errors
= 0;
7199 list_create(&vd_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7200 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_trim_node
));
7203 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
7204 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
7205 * stopping TRIM. The config and state locks are held so that
7206 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
7207 * the TRIM operation.
7209 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7211 for (nvpair_t
*pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, NULL
);
7212 pair
!= NULL
; pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, pair
)) {
7213 uint64_t vdev_guid
= fnvpair_value_uint64(pair
);
7215 int error
= spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa
, vdev_guid
, cmd_type
,
7216 rate
, partial
, secure
, &vd_list
);
7218 char guid_as_str
[MAXNAMELEN
];
7220 (void) snprintf(guid_as_str
, sizeof (guid_as_str
),
7221 "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid
);
7222 fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist
, guid_as_str
, error
);
7227 /* Wait for all TRIM threads to stop. */
7228 vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_list
);
7230 /* Sync out the TRIM state */
7231 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
7232 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7234 list_destroy(&vd_list
);
7236 return (total_errors
);
7240 * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
7243 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t
*spa
, char *newname
, nvlist_t
*config
,
7244 nvlist_t
*props
, boolean_t exp
)
7247 uint64_t txg
, *glist
;
7249 uint_t c
, children
, lastlog
;
7250 nvlist_t
**child
, *nvl
, *tmp
;
7252 char *altroot
= NULL
;
7253 vdev_t
*rvd
, **vml
= NULL
; /* vdev modify list */
7254 boolean_t activate_slog
;
7256 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7258 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
7260 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7261 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
7262 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
7263 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
7264 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7267 /* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
7268 activate_slog
= spa_passivate_log(spa
);
7269 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7270 error
= spa_reset_logs(spa
);
7271 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7274 spa_activate_log(spa
);
7277 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7279 /* check new spa name before going any further */
7280 if (spa_lookup(newname
) != NULL
)
7281 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EEXIST
));
7284 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
7286 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvl
) != 0 ||
7287 nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
, &child
,
7289 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7291 /* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
7292 rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
7294 for (c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7295 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7297 /* don't count the holes & logs as children */
7298 if (vd
->vdev_islog
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
7306 if (children
!= (lastlog
!= 0 ? lastlog
: rvd
->vdev_children
))
7307 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7309 /* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
7310 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &tmp
) == 0 ||
7311 nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &tmp
) == 0)
7312 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7314 vml
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
7315 glist
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP
);
7317 /* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
7318 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7319 uint64_t is_hole
= 0;
7321 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE
,
7325 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ishole
||
7326 spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_islog
) {
7329 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7334 /* which disk is going to be split? */
7335 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
7337 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7341 /* look it up in the spa */
7342 vml
[c
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[c
], B_FALSE
);
7343 if (vml
[c
] == NULL
) {
7344 error
= SET_ERROR(ENODEV
);
7348 /* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
7349 if (vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
||
7350 vml
[c
]->vdev_islog
||
7351 !vdev_is_concrete(vml
[c
]) ||
7352 vml
[c
]->vdev_isspare
||
7353 vml
[c
]->vdev_isl2cache
||
7354 !vdev_writeable(vml
[c
]) ||
7355 vml
[c
]->vdev_children
!= 0 ||
7356 vml
[c
]->vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
||
7357 c
!= spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_id
) {
7358 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7362 if (vdev_dtl_required(vml
[c
]) ||
7363 vdev_resilver_needed(vml
[c
], NULL
, NULL
)) {
7364 error
= SET_ERROR(EBUSY
);
7368 /* we need certain info from the top level */
7369 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY
,
7370 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_array
) == 0);
7371 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT
,
7372 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_shift
) == 0);
7373 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE
,
7374 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_asize
) == 0);
7375 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT
,
7376 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
) == 0);
7378 /* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */
7379 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
, !=, 0);
7380 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
7381 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP
, vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
));
7383 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_top_zap
, !=, 0);
7384 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
7385 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP
,
7386 vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_top_zap
));
7390 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7391 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
7392 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7395 /* stop writers from using the disks */
7396 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7398 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_TRUE
;
7400 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7403 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config. This
7404 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
7406 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
7407 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
,
7408 glist
, children
) == 0);
7409 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
7411 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
7412 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
,
7414 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
7415 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= nvl
;
7416 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7418 /* configure and create the new pool */
7419 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, newname
) == 0);
7420 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
,
7421 exp
? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
: POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
) == 0);
7422 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
7423 spa_version(spa
)) == 0);
7424 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
,
7425 spa
->spa_config_txg
) == 0);
7426 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
,
7427 spa_generate_guid(NULL
)) == 0);
7428 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
7429 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
7430 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
7432 /* add the new pool to the namespace */
7433 newspa
= spa_add(newname
, config
, altroot
);
7434 newspa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
7435 newspa
->spa_config_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
7436 spa_set_log_state(newspa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
7438 /* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
7439 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7441 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7442 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 1);
7444 spa_activate(newspa
, spa_mode_global
);
7445 spa_async_suspend(newspa
);
7448 * Temporarily stop the initializing and TRIM activity. We set the
7449 * state to ACTIVE so that we know to resume initializing or TRIM
7450 * once the split has completed.
7452 list_t vd_initialize_list
;
7453 list_create(&vd_initialize_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7454 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_initialize_node
));
7456 list_t vd_trim_list
;
7457 list_create(&vd_trim_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7458 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_trim_node
));
7460 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7461 if (vml
[c
] != NULL
) {
7462 mutex_enter(&vml
[c
]->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7463 vdev_initialize_stop(vml
[c
],
7464 VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
, &vd_initialize_list
);
7465 mutex_exit(&vml
[c
]->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7467 mutex_enter(&vml
[c
]->vdev_trim_lock
);
7468 vdev_trim_stop(vml
[c
], VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
, &vd_trim_list
);
7469 mutex_exit(&vml
[c
]->vdev_trim_lock
);
7473 vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_initialize_list
);
7474 vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_trim_list
);
7476 list_destroy(&vd_initialize_list
);
7477 list_destroy(&vd_trim_list
);
7479 newspa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SPLIT
;
7481 /* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
7482 error
= spa_load(newspa
, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
);
7486 /* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
7487 if (newspa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
7488 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa
->spa_config_splitting
,
7489 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
7490 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa
->spa_config_splitting
,
7491 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID
, spa_guid(spa
)) == 0);
7492 spa_config_set(newspa
, spa_config_generate(newspa
, NULL
, -1ULL,
7497 if (props
!= NULL
) {
7498 spa_configfile_set(newspa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
7499 error
= spa_prop_set(newspa
, props
);
7504 /* flush everything */
7505 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa
);
7506 vdev_config_dirty(newspa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7507 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7509 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7510 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 2);
7512 spa_async_resume(newspa
);
7514 /* finally, update the original pool's config */
7515 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7516 tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
7517 error
= dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_WAIT
);
7520 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7521 if (vml
[c
] != NULL
) {
7522 vdev_t
*tvd
= vml
[c
]->vdev_top
;
7525 * Need to be sure the detachable VDEV is not
7526 * on any *other* txg's DTL list to prevent it
7527 * from being accessed after it's freed.
7529 for (int t
= 0; t
< TXG_SIZE
; t
++) {
7530 (void) txg_list_remove_this(
7531 &tvd
->vdev_dtl_list
, vml
[c
], t
);
7536 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", tx
,
7537 "vdev=%s", vml
[c
]->vdev_path
);
7542 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
7543 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7544 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
7548 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0);
7550 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7551 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 3);
7553 /* split is complete; log a history record */
7554 spa_history_log_internal(newspa
, "split", NULL
,
7555 "from pool %s", spa_name(spa
));
7557 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7559 /* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
7561 error
= spa_export_common(newname
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, NULL
,
7568 spa_deactivate(newspa
);
7571 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7573 /* re-online all offlined disks */
7574 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7576 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
7579 /* restart initializing or trimming disks as necessary */
7580 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART
);
7581 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART
);
7582 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
);
7584 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7586 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
7587 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
7588 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
);
7590 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7595 * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
7596 * currently spared, so we can detach it.
7599 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t
*vd
)
7601 vdev_t
*newvd
, *oldvd
;
7603 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7604 oldvd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
7610 * Check for a completed replacement. We always consider the first
7611 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
7612 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works). In
7613 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
7614 * remove it after a resilver completes. This is OK as it will require
7615 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
7617 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
) {
7618 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_children
> 1);
7620 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7621 oldvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
7623 if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7624 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7625 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
7630 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
7631 * Also potentially update faulted state.
7633 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
) {
7634 vdev_t
*first
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
7635 vdev_t
*last
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7637 if (last
->vdev_unspare
) {
7640 } else if (first
->vdev_unspare
) {
7647 if (oldvd
!= NULL
&&
7648 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7649 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7650 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
7653 vdev_propagate_state(vd
);
7656 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
7657 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
7658 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
7659 * by other pools. Once we're back down to a single
7660 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
7662 if (vd
->vdev_children
> 2) {
7663 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[1];
7665 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
&& last
->vdev_isspare
&&
7666 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7667 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7668 !vdev_dtl_required(newvd
))
7677 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
)
7679 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *ppvd
;
7680 uint64_t guid
, sguid
, pguid
, ppguid
;
7682 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
7684 while ((vd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) != NULL
) {
7685 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
7686 ppvd
= pvd
->vdev_parent
;
7687 guid
= vd
->vdev_guid
;
7688 pguid
= pvd
->vdev_guid
;
7689 ppguid
= ppvd
->vdev_guid
;
7692 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
7693 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
7696 if (ppvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&& pvd
->vdev_id
== 0 &&
7697 ppvd
->vdev_children
== 2) {
7698 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
);
7699 sguid
= ppvd
->vdev_child
[1]->vdev_guid
;
7701 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_resilver_txg
== 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd
));
7703 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
7704 if (spa_vdev_detach(spa
, guid
, pguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
7706 if (sguid
&& spa_vdev_detach(spa
, sguid
, ppguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
7708 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
7711 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
7715 * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
7718 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *value
,
7722 boolean_t sync
= B_FALSE
;
7724 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7726 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
);
7728 if ((vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_TRUE
)) == NULL
)
7729 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOENT
));
7731 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
7732 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOTSUP
));
7735 if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_path
) != 0) {
7736 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_path
);
7737 vd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(value
);
7741 if (vd
->vdev_fru
== NULL
) {
7742 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
7744 } else if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_fru
) != 0) {
7745 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_fru
);
7746 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
7751 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, sync
? vd
: NULL
, 0));
7755 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newpath
)
7757 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newpath
, B_TRUE
));
7761 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newfru
)
7763 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newfru
, B_FALSE
));
7767 * ==========================================================================
7769 * ==========================================================================
7772 spa_scrub_pause_resume(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scrub_cmd_t cmd
)
7774 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
7776 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
7777 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7779 return (dsl_scrub_set_pause_resume(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, cmd
));
7783 spa_scan_stop(spa_t
*spa
)
7785 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
7786 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
7787 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7788 return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
));
7792 spa_scan(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scan_func_t func
)
7794 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
7796 if (func
>= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS
|| func
== POOL_SCAN_NONE
)
7797 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
7799 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_RESILVER
&&
7800 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
))
7801 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
7804 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
7805 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
7807 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_RESILVER
&&
7808 !vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
)) {
7809 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
);
7813 return (dsl_scan(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, func
));
7817 * ==========================================================================
7818 * SPA async task processing
7819 * ==========================================================================
7823 spa_async_remove(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
7825 if (vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
) {
7826 vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
7827 vd
->vdev_delayed_close
= B_FALSE
;
7828 vdev_set_state(vd
, B_FALSE
, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED
, VDEV_AUX_NONE
);
7831 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
7832 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
7833 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
7834 * device, all of which is a waste.
7836 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_read_errors
= 0;
7837 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_write_errors
= 0;
7838 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_checksum_errors
= 0;
7840 vdev_state_dirty(vd
->vdev_top
);
7843 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
7844 spa_async_remove(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
7848 spa_async_probe(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
7850 if (vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
) {
7851 vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
7852 vdev_reopen(vd
); /* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
7855 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
7856 spa_async_probe(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
7860 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
7862 if (!spa
->spa_autoexpand
)
7865 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7866 vdev_t
*cvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7867 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, cvd
);
7870 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| vd
->vdev_physpath
== NULL
)
7873 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND
);
7877 spa_async_thread(void *arg
)
7879 spa_t
*spa
= (spa_t
*)arg
;
7880 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
7883 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
);
7885 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7886 tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
;
7887 spa
->spa_async_tasks
= 0;
7888 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7891 * See if the config needs to be updated.
7893 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
) {
7894 uint64_t old_space
, new_space
;
7896 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7897 old_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
7898 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
7899 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
7901 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
7903 new_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
7904 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
7905 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
7906 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7909 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
7910 * then log an internal history event.
7912 if (new_space
!= old_space
) {
7913 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev online", NULL
,
7914 "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
7915 spa_name(spa
), (u_longlong_t
)new_space
,
7916 (u_longlong_t
)(new_space
- old_space
));
7921 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
7923 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE
) {
7924 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
7925 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7926 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++)
7927 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
7928 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
7929 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
7930 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
7933 if ((tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
) && !spa_suspended(spa
)) {
7934 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7935 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7936 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
7940 * See if any devices need to be probed.
7942 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_PROBE
) {
7943 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
7944 spa_async_probe(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7945 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
7949 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
7951 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
)
7952 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
7955 * Kick off a resilver.
7957 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
&&
7958 (!dsl_scan_resilvering(dp
) ||
7959 !spa_feature_is_enabled(dp
->dp_spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
)))
7960 dsl_resilver_restart(dp
, 0);
7962 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART
) {
7963 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7964 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7965 vdev_initialize_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7966 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
7967 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7970 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART
) {
7971 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7972 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7973 vdev_trim_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7974 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
7975 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7978 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
) {
7979 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7980 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7981 vdev_autotrim_restart(spa
);
7982 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
7983 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7987 * Let the world know that we're done.
7989 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7990 spa
->spa_async_thread
= NULL
;
7991 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_async_cv
);
7992 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7997 spa_async_suspend(spa_t
*spa
)
7999 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8000 spa
->spa_async_suspended
++;
8001 while (spa
->spa_async_thread
!= NULL
)
8002 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_async_cv
, &spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8003 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8005 spa_vdev_remove_suspend(spa
);
8007 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
8008 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8009 zthr_cancel(condense_thread
);
8011 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
8012 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
)
8013 zthr_cancel(discard_thread
);
8015 zthr_t
*ll_delete_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
;
8016 if (ll_delete_thread
!= NULL
)
8017 zthr_cancel(ll_delete_thread
);
8019 zthr_t
*ll_condense_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
;
8020 if (ll_condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8021 zthr_cancel(ll_condense_thread
);
8025 spa_async_resume(spa_t
*spa
)
8027 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8028 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_suspended
!= 0);
8029 spa
->spa_async_suspended
--;
8030 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8031 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
8033 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
8034 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8035 zthr_resume(condense_thread
);
8037 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
8038 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
)
8039 zthr_resume(discard_thread
);
8041 zthr_t
*ll_delete_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
;
8042 if (ll_delete_thread
!= NULL
)
8043 zthr_resume(ll_delete_thread
);
8045 zthr_t
*ll_condense_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
;
8046 if (ll_condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8047 zthr_resume(ll_condense_thread
);
8051 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t
*spa
)
8053 uint_t non_config_tasks
;
8055 boolean_t config_task_suspended
;
8057 non_config_tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& ~SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
8058 config_task
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
8059 if (spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
== 0) {
8060 config_task_suspended
= B_FALSE
;
8062 config_task_suspended
=
8063 (gethrtime() - spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
) <
8064 ((hrtime_t
)zfs_ccw_retry_interval
* NANOSEC
);
8067 return (non_config_tasks
|| (config_task
&& !config_task_suspended
));
8071 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t
*spa
)
8073 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8074 if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa
) &&
8075 !spa
->spa_async_suspended
&&
8076 spa
->spa_async_thread
== NULL
&&
8078 spa
->spa_async_thread
= thread_create(NULL
, 0,
8079 spa_async_thread
, spa
, 0, &p0
, TS_RUN
, maxclsyspri
);
8080 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8084 spa_async_request(spa_t
*spa
, int task
)
8086 zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa
->spa_name
, task
);
8087 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8088 spa
->spa_async_tasks
|= task
;
8089 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8093 * ==========================================================================
8094 * SPA syncing routines
8095 * ==========================================================================
8100 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
8104 bpobj_enqueue(bpo
, bp
, bp_freed
, tx
);
8109 bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8111 return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg
, bp
, B_FALSE
, tx
));
8115 bpobj_enqueue_free_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8117 return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg
, bp
, B_TRUE
, tx
));
8121 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8125 zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(zio
, zio
->io_spa
, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), bp
,
8131 bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
8135 return (spa_free_sync_cb(arg
, bp
, tx
));
8139 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
8140 * amount of time spent syncing frees.
8143 spa_sync_frees(spa_t
*spa
, bplist_t
*bpl
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8145 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
8146 bplist_iterate(bpl
, spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
);
8147 VERIFY(zio_wait(zio
) == 0);
8151 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
8152 * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
8155 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8157 if (spa_sync_pass(spa
) != 1)
8162 * If the log space map feature is active, we stop deferring
8163 * frees to the next TXG and therefore running this function
8164 * would be considered a no-op as spa_deferred_bpobj should
8165 * not have any entries.
8167 * That said we run this function anyway (instead of returning
8168 * immediately) for the edge-case scenario where we just
8169 * activated the log space map feature in this TXG but we have
8170 * deferred frees from the previous TXG.
8172 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
8173 VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
8174 bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
), ==, 0);
8175 VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio
));
8179 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
*nv
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8181 char *packed
= NULL
;
8186 VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
) == 0);
8189 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
8190 * information. This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
8191 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
8193 bufsize
= P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
);
8194 packed
= vmem_alloc(bufsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
8196 VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv
, &packed
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
,
8198 bzero(packed
+ nvsize
, bufsize
- nvsize
);
8200 dmu_write(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, bufsize
, packed
, tx
);
8202 vmem_free(packed
, bufsize
);
8204 VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
));
8205 dmu_buf_will_dirty(db
, tx
);
8206 *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
= nvsize
;
8207 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
8211 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t
*spa
, spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
,
8212 const char *config
, const char *entry
)
8222 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
8223 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
8224 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
8226 if (sav
->sav_object
== 0) {
8227 sav
->sav_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8228 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
,
8229 sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
8230 VERIFY(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8231 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, entry
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
8232 &sav
->sav_object
, tx
) == 0);
8235 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
8236 if (sav
->sav_count
== 0) {
8237 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, NULL
, 0) == 0);
8239 list
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
*sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
8240 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
8241 list
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
],
8242 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
8243 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, list
,
8244 sav
->sav_count
) == 0);
8245 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
8246 nvlist_free(list
[i
]);
8247 kmem_free(list
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
8250 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, sav
->sav_object
, nvroot
, tx
);
8251 nvlist_free(nvroot
);
8253 sav
->sav_sync
= B_FALSE
;
8257 * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t.
8258 * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty.
8261 spa_avz_build(vdev_t
*vd
, uint64_t avz
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8263 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
8265 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
8266 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
8267 vd
->vdev_top_zap
, tx
));
8269 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
8270 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
8271 vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
, tx
));
8273 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
8274 spa_avz_build(vd
->vdev_child
[i
], avz
, tx
);
8279 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8284 * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS,
8285 * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs.
8286 * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we
8287 * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty.
8289 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
) &&
8290 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
)
8293 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8295 ASSERT(spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
||
8296 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
||
8297 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
!= 0);
8299 if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
) {
8300 /* Make and build the new AVZ */
8301 uint64_t new_avz
= zap_create(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8302 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_OT_NONE
, 0, tx
);
8303 spa_avz_build(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, new_avz
, tx
);
8305 /* Diff old AVZ with new one */
8309 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8310 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
8311 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
8312 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
8313 uint64_t vdzap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
8314 if (zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, new_avz
,
8317 * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one;
8320 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, vdzap
,
8325 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
8327 /* Destroy the old AVZ */
8328 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8329 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
8331 /* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */
8332 VERIFY0(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8333 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
8334 sizeof (new_avz
), 1, &new_avz
, tx
));
8336 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= new_avz
;
8337 } else if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
) {
8341 /* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */
8342 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8343 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
8344 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
8345 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
8346 uint64_t zap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
8347 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, zap
, tx
));
8350 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
8352 /* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */
8353 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8354 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
8355 VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8356 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
));
8357 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= 0;
8360 if (spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
== 0) {
8361 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= zap_create_link(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8362 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
8363 DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
);
8365 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_NONE
;
8367 /* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */
8368 vdev_construct_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, tx
);
8370 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
,
8371 dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), B_FALSE
);
8374 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
8375 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
8377 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
)
8378 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
8379 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
8381 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8383 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
8384 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= config
;
8386 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, config
, tx
);
8390 spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8392 uint64_t *versionp
= arg
;
8393 uint64_t version
= *versionp
;
8394 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
8397 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
8399 ASSERT(tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
);
8401 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
8402 ASSERT(version
>= spa_version(spa
));
8404 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
8405 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8406 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
, "version=%lld",
8407 (longlong_t
)version
);
8411 * Set zpool properties.
8414 spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8416 nvlist_t
*nvp
= arg
;
8417 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
8418 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
8419 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
8421 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
8423 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
))) {
8425 char *strval
, *fname
;
8427 const char *propname
;
8428 zprop_type_t proptype
;
8431 switch (prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
8432 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
8434 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
8436 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
)));
8438 fname
= strchr(nvpair_name(elem
), '@') + 1;
8439 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, &fid
));
8441 spa_feature_enable(spa
, fid
, tx
);
8442 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8443 "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem
));
8446 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
8447 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
8449 * The version is synced separately before other
8450 * properties and should be correct by now.
8452 ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa
), >=, intval
);
8455 case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
:
8457 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
8458 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
8460 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
);
8463 case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
:
8464 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
8466 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persistent
8470 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
8471 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
8472 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
)
8473 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
8474 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(strval
);
8476 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
8477 * so that their labels get updated. It's unnecessary
8478 * to do this for pool creation since the vdev's
8479 * configuration has already been dirtied.
8481 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
)
8482 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8483 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8484 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
8488 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
8490 if (spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0) {
8491 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
=
8492 zap_create_link(mos
, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS
,
8493 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
,
8497 /* normalize the property name */
8498 propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
8499 proptype
= zpool_prop_get_type(prop
);
8501 if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_STRING
) {
8502 ASSERT(proptype
== PROP_TYPE_STRING
);
8503 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
8504 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
8505 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
8506 1, strlen(strval
) + 1, strval
, tx
));
8507 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8508 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
8509 } else if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
8510 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
8512 if (proptype
== PROP_TYPE_INDEX
) {
8514 VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
8515 prop
, intval
, &unused
));
8517 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
8518 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
8519 8, 1, &intval
, tx
));
8520 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8521 "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem
),
8522 (longlong_t
)intval
);
8524 ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
8528 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
8529 spa
->spa_delegation
= intval
;
8531 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
8532 spa
->spa_bootfs
= intval
;
8534 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
8535 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
8537 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
:
8538 spa
->spa_autotrim
= intval
;
8539 spa_async_request(spa
,
8540 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
);
8542 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
8543 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= intval
;
8544 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
)
8545 spa_async_request(spa
,
8546 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
8548 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
8549 spa
->spa_multihost
= intval
;
8558 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
8562 * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes. spa_version() does not
8563 * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
8564 * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
8565 * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
8569 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8571 if (spa_sync_pass(spa
) != 1)
8574 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
8575 rrw_enter(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, RW_WRITER
, FTAG
);
8577 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
&&
8578 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
) {
8579 dsl_pool_create_origin(dp
, tx
);
8581 /* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
8582 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
8585 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
&&
8586 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
) {
8587 dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp
, tx
);
8590 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
&&
8591 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
) {
8592 dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp
, tx
);
8594 /* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
8595 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
8598 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
&&
8599 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
8600 spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa
, tx
);
8604 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
8605 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
8606 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
8607 * this feature active
8609 if (spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
8610 boolean_t lz4_en
= spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
,
8611 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
8612 boolean_t lz4_ac
= spa_feature_is_active(spa
,
8613 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
8615 if (lz4_en
&& !lz4_ac
)
8616 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
, tx
);
8620 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now. Note that the
8621 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
8622 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
8624 if (zap_contains(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
8625 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
) == ENOENT
) {
8626 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8627 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
8628 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
8629 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
, tx
));
8632 rrw_exit(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, FTAG
);
8636 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vdev_t
*vd
)
8638 ASSERTV(vdev_indirect_mapping_t
*vim
= vd
->vdev_indirect_mapping
);
8639 ASSERTV(vdev_indirect_births_t
*vib
= vd
->vdev_indirect_births
);
8641 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
8642 ASSERT(vim
!= NULL
);
8643 ASSERT(vib
!= NULL
);
8646 uint64_t obsolete_sm_object
= 0;
8647 ASSERT0(vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd
, &obsolete_sm_object
));
8648 if (obsolete_sm_object
!= 0) {
8649 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
!= NULL
);
8650 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_removing
||
8651 vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
);
8652 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_num_entries(vim
) > 0);
8653 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
) > 0);
8654 ASSERT3U(obsolete_sm_object
, ==,
8655 space_map_object(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
8656 ASSERT3U(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
), >=,
8657 space_map_allocated(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
8659 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
!= NULL
);
8662 * Since frees / remaps to an indirect vdev can only
8663 * happen in syncing context, the obsolete segments
8664 * tree must be empty when we start syncing.
8666 ASSERT0(range_tree_space(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
));
8670 * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each top-level's
8671 * async write queue depth in case it changed. The max queue depth will
8672 * not change in the middle of syncing out this txg.
8675 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa_t
*spa
)
8677 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
8679 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
8680 uint32_t max_queue_depth
= zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active
*
8681 zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct
/ 100;
8682 metaslab_class_t
*normal
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
8683 metaslab_class_t
*special
= spa_special_class(spa
);
8684 metaslab_class_t
*dedup
= spa_dedup_class(spa
);
8686 uint64_t slots_per_allocator
= 0;
8687 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
8688 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
8690 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
8691 if (mg
== NULL
|| !metaslab_group_initialized(mg
))
8694 metaslab_class_t
*mc
= mg
->mg_class
;
8695 if (mc
!= normal
&& mc
!= special
&& mc
!= dedup
)
8699 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
8700 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
8701 * allocations all happen from spa_sync().
8703 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++)
8704 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(
8705 &(mg
->mg_alloc_queue_depth
[i
])));
8706 mg
->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth
= max_queue_depth
;
8708 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
8709 mg
->mg_cur_max_alloc_queue_depth
[i
] =
8710 zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
8712 slots_per_allocator
+= zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
8715 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
8716 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&normal
->mc_alloc_slots
[i
]));
8717 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&special
->mc_alloc_slots
[i
]));
8718 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&dedup
->mc_alloc_slots
[i
]));
8719 normal
->mc_alloc_max_slots
[i
] = slots_per_allocator
;
8720 special
->mc_alloc_max_slots
[i
] = slots_per_allocator
;
8721 dedup
->mc_alloc_max_slots
[i
] = slots_per_allocator
;
8723 normal
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
8724 special
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
8725 dedup
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
8729 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8731 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
8733 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
8734 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
8735 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
8736 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vd
);
8738 if (vdev_indirect_should_condense(vd
)) {
8739 spa_condense_indirect_start_sync(vd
, tx
);
8746 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8748 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
8749 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
8750 uint64_t txg
= tx
->tx_txg
;
8751 bplist_t
*free_bpl
= &spa
->spa_free_bplist
[txg
& TXG_MASK
];
8754 int pass
= ++spa
->spa_sync_pass
;
8756 spa_sync_config_object(spa
, tx
);
8757 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_spares
, tx
,
8758 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
);
8759 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_l2cache
, tx
,
8760 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
);
8761 spa_errlog_sync(spa
, txg
);
8762 dsl_pool_sync(dp
, txg
);
8764 if (pass
< zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free
||
8765 spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP
)) {
8767 * If the log space map feature is active we don't
8768 * care about deferred frees and the deferred bpobj
8769 * as the log space map should effectively have the
8770 * same results (i.e. appending only to one object).
8772 spa_sync_frees(spa
, free_bpl
, tx
);
8775 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
8776 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
8778 ASSERT3U(pass
, >, 1);
8779 bplist_iterate(free_bpl
, bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb
,
8780 &spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, tx
);
8784 dsl_scan_sync(dp
, tx
);
8786 spa_sync_upgrades(spa
, tx
);
8788 spa_flush_metaslabs(spa
, tx
);
8791 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
))
8796 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty because we could
8797 * have marked the MOS dirty without updating the uberblock
8798 * (e.g. if we have sync tasks but no dirty user data). We need
8799 * to check the uberblock's rootbp because it is updated if we
8800 * have synced out dirty data (though in this case the MOS will
8801 * most likely also be dirty due to second order effects, we
8802 * don't want to rely on that here).
8805 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_rootbp
.blk_birth
< txg
&&
8806 !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
)) {
8808 * Nothing changed on the first pass, therefore this
8809 * TXG is a no-op. Avoid syncing deferred frees, so
8810 * that we can keep this TXG as a no-op.
8812 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
, txg
));
8813 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
8814 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_sync_tasks
, txg
));
8815 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_early_sync_tasks
, txg
));
8819 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa
, tx
);
8820 } while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
));
8824 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock) to
8825 * commit the transaction group.
8827 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few random
8828 * top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the config cache
8829 * (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description). If there *are* dirty
8830 * vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
8833 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8835 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
8836 uint64_t txg
= tx
->tx_txg
;
8842 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
8843 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
8845 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8847 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
8848 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
8850 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
8851 int c0
= spa_get_random(children
);
8853 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
8855 rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
8857 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
8858 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
8861 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 ||
8863 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
8866 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
8867 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
8870 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, txg
);
8872 error
= vdev_config_sync(rvd
->vdev_child
,
8873 rvd
->vdev_children
, txg
);
8877 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
8879 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8883 zio_suspend(spa
, NULL
, ZIO_SUSPEND_IOERR
);
8884 zio_resume_wait(spa
);
8889 * Sync the specified transaction group. New blocks may be dirtied as
8890 * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
8893 spa_sync(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t txg
)
8897 VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa
));
8900 * Wait for i/os issued in open context that need to complete
8901 * before this txg syncs.
8903 (void) zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]);
8904 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
8908 * Lock out configuration changes.
8910 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8912 spa
->spa_syncing_txg
= txg
;
8913 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
8915 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
8916 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
8917 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_alloc_trees
[i
]));
8918 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
8922 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
8923 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
8925 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8926 while (list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
) != NULL
) {
8928 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
8929 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
8930 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
8931 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
8932 * into the root vdev tree.
8934 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8935 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
8936 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
)) != NULL
) {
8937 vdev_state_clean(vd
);
8938 vdev_config_dirty(vd
);
8940 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8941 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8943 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8945 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
8946 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
8948 spa
->spa_sync_starttime
= gethrtime();
8949 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
8950 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= taskq_dispatch_delay(system_delay_taskq
,
8951 spa_deadman
, spa
, TQ_SLEEP
, ddi_get_lbolt() +
8952 NSEC_TO_TICK(spa
->spa_deadman_synctime
));
8955 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
8956 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
8958 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
&&
8959 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
8960 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
8963 for (i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
8964 vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
8965 if (vd
->vdev_deflate_ratio
!= SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE
)
8968 if (i
== rvd
->vdev_children
) {
8969 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
8970 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8971 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
8972 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
));
8976 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa
);
8978 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa
, tx
);
8980 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa
, tx
);
8983 if (!list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
8985 * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches
8986 * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets
8987 * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be
8988 * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in
8989 * spa_sync_config_object.
8991 uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count
;
8992 ASSERT0(zap_count(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8993 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count
));
8994 ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
), ==,
8995 all_vdev_zap_entry_count
);
8999 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
9000 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
->svr_bytes_done
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]);
9003 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa
, tx
);
9006 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
9007 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= 0;
9010 * Clear the dirty config list.
9012 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) != NULL
)
9013 vdev_config_clean(vd
);
9016 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
9017 * let it become visible to the config cache.
9019 if (spa
->spa_config_syncing
!= NULL
) {
9020 spa_config_set(spa
, spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
9021 spa
->spa_config_txg
= txg
;
9022 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= NULL
;
9025 dsl_pool_sync_done(dp
, txg
);
9027 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
9028 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
9029 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_alloc_trees
[i
]));
9030 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
9034 * Update usable space statistics.
9036 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, TXG_CLEAN(txg
)))
9038 vdev_sync_done(vd
, txg
);
9040 metaslab_class_evict_old(spa
->spa_normal_class
, txg
);
9041 metaslab_class_evict_old(spa
->spa_log_class
, txg
);
9043 spa_sync_close_syncing_log_sm(spa
);
9045 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
9048 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
9049 * since vdev_config_sync().
9051 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
, txg
));
9052 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
9053 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
));
9055 while (zfs_pause_spa_sync
)
9058 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
9061 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
9062 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
9063 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
9064 * that txg has been completed.
9066 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
9067 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
9069 spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa
);
9072 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
9074 spa_async_dispatch(spa
);
9078 * Sync all pools. We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
9079 * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
9083 spa_sync_allpools(void)
9086 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9087 while ((spa
= spa_next(spa
)) != NULL
) {
9088 if (spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
9089 !spa_writeable(spa
) || spa_suspended(spa
))
9091 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
9092 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9093 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
9094 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9095 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9097 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9101 * ==========================================================================
9102 * Miscellaneous routines
9103 * ==========================================================================
9107 * Remove all pools in the system.
9115 * Remove all cached state. All pools should be closed now,
9116 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
9118 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9119 while ((spa
= spa_next(NULL
)) != NULL
) {
9121 * Stop async tasks. The async thread may need to detach
9122 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
9123 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
9125 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
9126 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9127 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
9128 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9129 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9131 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
9133 spa_deactivate(spa
);
9137 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9141 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, boolean_t aux
)
9146 if ((vd
= vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, guid
)) != NULL
)
9150 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
9151 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
9152 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9156 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
9157 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
9158 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9167 spa_upgrade(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t version
)
9169 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
9171 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
9174 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
9175 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
9178 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
));
9179 ASSERT3U(version
, >=, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
9181 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
9182 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
9184 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
9186 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
9190 spa_has_spare(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
)
9194 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
9196 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
9197 if (sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9200 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_npending
; i
++) {
9201 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav
->sav_pending
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
9202 &spareguid
) == 0 && spareguid
== guid
)
9210 * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
9211 * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
9214 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
)
9218 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
9220 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
9221 if (spa_spare_exists(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
, &pool
,
9222 &refcnt
) && pool
!= 0ULL && pool
== spa_guid(spa
) &&
9231 spa_total_metaslabs(spa_t
*spa
)
9233 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9236 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
9237 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
9238 if (!vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
9240 m
+= vd
->vdev_ms_count
;
9246 * Notify any waiting threads that some activity has switched from being in-
9247 * progress to not-in-progress so that the thread can wake up and determine
9248 * whether it is finished waiting.
9251 spa_notify_waiters(spa_t
*spa
)
9254 * Acquiring spa_activities_lock here prevents the cv_broadcast from
9255 * happening between the waiting thread's check and cv_wait.
9257 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9258 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
);
9259 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9263 * Notify any waiting threads that the pool is exporting, and then block until
9264 * they are finished using the spa_t.
9267 spa_wake_waiters(spa_t
*spa
)
9269 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9270 spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
= B_TRUE
;
9271 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
);
9272 while (spa
->spa_waiters
!= 0)
9273 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_waiters_cv
, &spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9274 spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
= B_FALSE
;
9275 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9278 /* Whether the vdev or any of its descendants is initializing. */
9280 spa_vdev_initializing_impl(vdev_t
*vd
)
9282 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
9283 boolean_t initializing
;
9285 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, RW_READER
));
9286 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
));
9288 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9289 mutex_enter(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
9290 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9292 initializing
= (vd
->vdev_initialize_state
== VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
9293 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
9298 for (int i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
9299 if (spa_vdev_initializing_impl(vd
->vdev_child
[i
]))
9307 * If use_guid is true, this checks whether the vdev specified by guid is
9308 * being initialized. Otherwise, it checks whether any vdev in the pool is being
9309 * initialized. The caller must hold the config lock and spa_activities_lock.
9312 spa_vdev_initializing(spa_t
*spa
, boolean_t use_guid
, uint64_t guid
,
9313 boolean_t
*in_progress
)
9315 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9316 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9317 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9321 vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
9322 if (vd
== NULL
|| !vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
9323 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9327 vd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9330 *in_progress
= spa_vdev_initializing_impl(vd
);
9332 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9337 * Locking for waiting threads
9338 * ---------------------------
9340 * Waiting threads need a way to check whether a given activity is in progress,
9341 * and then, if it is, wait for it to complete. Each activity will have some
9342 * in-memory representation of the relevant on-disk state which can be used to
9343 * determine whether or not the activity is in progress. The in-memory state and
9344 * the locking used to protect it will be different for each activity, and may
9345 * not be suitable for use with a cvar (e.g., some state is protected by the
9346 * config lock). To allow waiting threads to wait without any races, another
9347 * lock, spa_activities_lock, is used.
9349 * When the state is checked, both the activity-specific lock (if there is one)
9350 * and spa_activities_lock are held. In some cases, the activity-specific lock
9351 * is acquired explicitly (e.g. the config lock). In others, the locking is
9352 * internal to some check (e.g. bpobj_is_empty). After checking, the waiting
9353 * thread releases the activity-specific lock and, if the activity is in
9354 * progress, then cv_waits using spa_activities_lock.
9356 * The waiting thread is woken when another thread, one completing some
9357 * activity, updates the state of the activity and then calls
9358 * spa_notify_waiters, which will cv_broadcast. This 'completing' thread only
9359 * needs to hold its activity-specific lock when updating the state, and this
9360 * lock can (but doesn't have to) be dropped before calling spa_notify_waiters.
9362 * Because spa_notify_waiters acquires spa_activities_lock before broadcasting,
9363 * and because it is held when the waiting thread checks the state of the
9364 * activity, it can never be the case that the completing thread both updates
9365 * the activity state and cv_broadcasts in between the waiting thread's check
9366 * and cv_wait. Thus, a waiting thread can never miss a wakeup.
9368 * In order to prevent deadlock, when the waiting thread does its check, in some
9369 * cases it will temporarily drop spa_activities_lock in order to acquire the
9370 * activity-specific lock. The order in which spa_activities_lock and the
9371 * activity specific lock are acquired in the waiting thread is determined by
9372 * the order in which they are acquired in the completing thread; if the
9373 * completing thread calls spa_notify_waiters with the activity-specific lock
9374 * held, then the waiting thread must also acquire the activity-specific lock
9379 spa_activity_in_progress(spa_t
*spa
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
,
9380 boolean_t use_tag
, uint64_t tag
, boolean_t
*in_progress
)
9384 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
));
9387 case ZPOOL_WAIT_CKPT_DISCARD
:
9389 (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
) &&
9390 zap_contains(spa_meta_objset(spa
),
9391 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
) ==
9394 case ZPOOL_WAIT_FREE
:
9395 *in_progress
= ((spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS
&&
9396 !bpobj_is_empty(&spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_free_bpobj
)) ||
9397 spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ASYNC_DESTROY
) ||
9398 spa_livelist_delete_check(spa
));
9400 case ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
:
9401 error
= spa_vdev_initializing(spa
, use_tag
, tag
, in_progress
);
9403 case ZPOOL_WAIT_REPLACE
:
9404 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9405 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9406 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9408 *in_progress
= vdev_replace_in_progress(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
9409 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9411 case ZPOOL_WAIT_REMOVE
:
9412 *in_progress
= (spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_state
==
9415 case ZPOOL_WAIT_RESILVER
:
9416 case ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB
:
9418 boolean_t scanning
, paused
, is_scrub
;
9419 dsl_scan_t
*scn
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_scan
;
9421 is_scrub
= (scn
->scn_phys
.scn_func
== POOL_SCAN_SCRUB
);
9422 scanning
= (scn
->scn_phys
.scn_state
== DSS_SCANNING
);
9423 paused
= dsl_scan_is_paused_scrub(scn
);
9424 *in_progress
= (scanning
&& !paused
&&
9425 is_scrub
== (activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB
));
9429 panic("unrecognized value for activity %d", activity
);
9436 spa_wait_common(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
,
9437 boolean_t use_tag
, uint64_t tag
, boolean_t
*waited
)
9440 * The tag is used to distinguish between instances of an activity.
9441 * 'initialize' is the only activity that we use this for. The other
9442 * activities can only have a single instance in progress in a pool at
9443 * one time, making the tag unnecessary.
9445 * There can be multiple devices being replaced at once, but since they
9446 * all finish once resilvering finishes, we don't bother keeping track
9447 * of them individually, we just wait for them all to finish.
9449 if (use_tag
&& activity
!= ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
)
9452 if (activity
< 0 || activity
>= ZPOOL_WAIT_NUM_ACTIVITIES
)
9456 int error
= spa_open(pool
, &spa
, FTAG
);
9461 * Increment the spa's waiter count so that we can call spa_close and
9462 * still ensure that the spa_t doesn't get freed before this thread is
9463 * finished with it when the pool is exported. We want to call spa_close
9464 * before we start waiting because otherwise the additional ref would
9465 * prevent the pool from being exported or destroyed throughout the
9466 * potentially long wait.
9468 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9470 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9474 boolean_t in_progress
;
9475 error
= spa_activity_in_progress(spa
, activity
, use_tag
, tag
,
9478 if (error
|| !in_progress
|| spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
)
9483 if (cv_wait_sig(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
,
9484 &spa
->spa_activities_lock
) == 0) {
9491 cv_signal(&spa
->spa_waiters_cv
);
9492 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9498 * Wait for a particular instance of the specified activity to complete, where
9499 * the instance is identified by 'tag'
9502 spa_wait_tag(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, uint64_t tag
,
9505 return (spa_wait_common(pool
, activity
, B_TRUE
, tag
, waited
));
9509 * Wait for all instances of the specified activity complete
9512 spa_wait(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, boolean_t
*waited
)
9515 return (spa_wait_common(pool
, activity
, B_FALSE
, 0, waited
));
9519 spa_event_create(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
9521 sysevent_t
*ev
= NULL
;
9525 resource
= zfs_event_create(spa
, vd
, FM_SYSEVENT_CLASS
, name
, hist_nvl
);
9527 ev
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (sysevent_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
9528 ev
->resource
= resource
;
9535 spa_event_post(sysevent_t
*ev
)
9539 zfs_zevent_post(ev
->resource
, NULL
, zfs_zevent_post_cb
);
9540 kmem_free(ev
, sizeof (*ev
));
9546 * Post a zevent corresponding to the given sysevent. The 'name' must be one
9547 * of the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h. The payload will be
9548 * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev. This doesn't do anything
9549 * in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to misinterpret ztest
9550 * or zdb as real changes.
9553 spa_event_notify(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
9555 spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa
, vd
, hist_nvl
, name
));
9558 /* state manipulation functions */
9559 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open
);
9560 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open_rewind
);
9561 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_get_stats
);
9562 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_create
);
9563 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_import
);
9564 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_tryimport
);
9565 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_destroy
);
9566 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_export
);
9567 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_reset
);
9568 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_request
);
9569 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_suspend
);
9570 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_resume
);
9571 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_addref
);
9572 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_delref
);
9573 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stat_init
);
9574 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_get_stats
);
9576 /* device manipulation */
9577 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_add
);
9578 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_attach
);
9579 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_detach
);
9580 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setpath
);
9581 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setfru
);
9582 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_split_mirror
);
9584 /* spare statech is global across all pools) */
9585 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_add
);
9586 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_remove
);
9587 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_exists
);
9588 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_activate
);
9590 /* L2ARC statech is global across all pools) */
9591 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_add
);
9592 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_remove
);
9593 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_exists
);
9594 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_activate
);
9595 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_drop
);
9598 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan
);
9599 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stop
);
9602 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync
); /* only for DMU use */
9603 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync_allpools
);
9606 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_set
);
9607 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_get
);
9608 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_clear_bootfs
);
9610 /* asynchronous event notification */
9611 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_event_notify
);
9614 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_shift
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9615 "log2(fraction of arc that can be used by inflight I/Os when "
9616 "verifying pool during import");
9618 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_metadata
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9619 "Set to traverse metadata on pool import");
9621 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_data
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9622 "Set to traverse data on pool import");
9624 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_print_vdev_tree
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9625 "Print vdev tree to zfs_dbgmsg during pool import");
9627 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_zio
, zio_
, taskq_batch_pct
, UINT
, ZMOD_RD
,
9628 "Percentage of CPUs to run an IO worker thread");
9630 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs
, zfs_
, max_missing_tvds
, ULONG
, ZMOD_RW
,
9631 "Allow importing pool with up to this number of missing top-level "
9632 "vdevs (in read-only mode)");
9634 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, zthr_pause
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9635 "Set the livelist condense zthr to pause");
9637 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, sync_pause
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9638 "Set the livelist condense synctask to pause");
9640 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, sync_cancel
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9641 "Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the synctask");
9643 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, zthr_cancel
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9644 "Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the zthr function");
9646 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, new_alloc
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9647 "Whether extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a livelist entry while it "
9648 "was being condensed");